USGS - science for a changing world

Northern Prairie Wildlife Research Center

  Home About NPWRC Our Science Staff Employment Contacts Common Questions About the Site

Bibliography for Aquatic Plants

Aarssen, L.W. and D.L. Irwin. 1991. What selection: herbivory or 
     competition. Oikos 60: 261-262.
Abdel-Rahman, F. H., and A. R. Maggenti.  1981a.  The embryology 
     and post-infection development of a new species of
     Meloidogyne.  J. Nematol. 13:429 (abstr.).
Abdel-Rahman, F. H., and A. R. Maggenti.  1981b.  Morphological 
     and biological studies on two new species of nematodes found
     associated with sedge roots in California.  J. Nematol.
     13:429-430 (abstr.).
Abdel-Rahman, F. H., and A. R. Maggenti.  1987a.  Hirschmanniella
     pomponiensis n. sp. (Nemata: Pratylenchidae) parasitic on
     bulrush, Scirpus robustus Pursh.  J. Nematol. 19:147-151.
Abdel-Rahman, F. H., and A. R. Maggenti.  1987b.  Meloidogine 
     californiensis n. sp. (Nemata: Meloidogyninae), parasitic on
     bulrush, Scirpus robustus Pursh.  J. Nematol. 19:207-217.
Aedo, C., and Fernandez Casado, M. A.  1988.  The taxonomic 
     position of Ruppia populations along the Cantabrian coast. 
     Aquat. Bot. 32:187-192.
Adam, P.  1981.  The vegetation of British saltmarshes.  New 
     Phytol. 96:143-196.
Adams, F. S., H. Cole Jr., and L. B. Massie.  1973.  Elemental
     constitution of selected aquatic vascular plants from
     Pennsylvania: Submersed and floating leaved species and
     rooted emergent species.  Environ.  Pollut. 5:117-147.
Adams, M. S., J. Titus, and M. McCracken.  l974.  Depth
     distribution of photosynthetic activity in a Myricophyllus
     spicatum community in Lake Wingra.  Limnol.  Oceanogr.
Adams, M. S., P. Guilizzoni, and S. Adams.  1978.  Relationship 
     of dissolved inorganic carbon to macrophyte photosynthesis
     in some Italian lakes. Limnol. Oceanogr. 23:912-919. 
Adams, T. G., G. J. Atchison, and R. J. Vetter.  1980.  The 
     impact of an industrially contaminated lake on heavy metal
     levels in its effluent stream.  Hydrobiologia 69:187-193. 
Addy, C. E.  1946.  Food habits of the black duck on the Essex
     County salt marsh.  Bull. Mass. Audubon Soc. 30(1):3-10.
Adriano, D. C., A. Fulenwider, R. R. Sharitz, T. G. Ciravolo, and
     G. D. Hoyt.  1980.  Growth and mineral nutrition of cattail
     (Typha) as influenced by thermal alteration.  J. Environ. 
     Quality, 9:649-653. 
Afton, A. D., R. H. Hier, and S. L. Paulus.  1986.  Body weights,
     carcass composition, and foods of lesser scaup during mid-
     winter in southwestern Louisiana.  Minn. Dep. Nat. Resour.,
     Bemidji. 9 pp.
Agami, M., and Y. Waisel.  1988.  The role of fish in
     distribution and germination of seeds of the submerged
     macrophytes Najas marina L. and Ruppia maritima L. 
     Oecologia 76:83-88.
Aiken, S., and J. M. Gillett.  1974.  The distribution of aquatic
     plants in selected lakes of Gatineau Park, Quebec.  Can.
     Field-Nat. 88:437-448. 
Ailstock, M. S. 1989.  Utilization and treatment of thermal 
     discharge by establishment of a wetlands plant nursery.  pp.
     719-726 in  D. A. Hammer ed.  Constructed wetlands for
     wastewater treatment.  Lewis Publishers, Chelsea, Michigan. 
     831 pp.
Aleem, A. A., and Samaas, A. A.  1969.  Productivity of Lake 
     Mariut. Egypt.  Part I - Physical and Chemical aspects.-
     Intern. Rev. gesamt. Hydrobiol. 54. 3:313-355.
Aleem, A. A., and Samaan, A. A.  1969.  Productivity of Lake 
     Mariut, Egypt. Part II, Primary production.  Internat.  Rev.
     Ges. Hydrobiol. 54:491-527. 
Alisauskas, R. T., C. D. Ankney, and E. E. Klaas.  1988.  Winter 
     diets and nutrition of the midcontinental population of
     lesser snow geese.  J. Wildl. Manage. 52:403-414.
Allanson, B. R., and C. Howard-Williams.  1984.  A contribution 
     to the physico-chemical limnology of Swartvlei.  Arch. 
     Hydrobiol. 99:133-159. 
Allen, E. D., and P. R. Gorham.  1973.  Changes in the submerged
     macrophyte communities of Lake Wabamun as a rsult of thermal
     discharge.  pp 313-324 in Proc. Symp. Lakes Western Canada,
     Nov. 16-17, 1972.  Univ. of Alberta, Water Resour. Cert.,
Allen, H. L.  1971.  Primary productivity, cemo-organo trophy, 
     and nutritional interactions of epiphytic algae and bacteria
     on macrophytes in the littoral of a lake.  Ecol. Monogr.
Allen, R. G., J. H. Prueger, and R. W. Hill.  1992.
     Evapotranspiration from isolated stands of hydrophytes:
     Cattail and bulrush.  Trans. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng. 35:1191-
Allen, R. P.  1956.  The flamingoes: their life history and
     survival, with special reference to the American or West
     Indian flamingo (Phoenicopterus ruber).  National Audubon
     Society, New York.  285 pp. 
Allenby, K. G.  1968.  Some analyses of aquatic plants and water.
     Hydrobiol. 32:486-490. 
Allison, S. K. 1992.  The influence of rainfall variability on 
     the species composition of a northern California salt marsh
     plant assemblage.  Vegetatio 101:145-160.
Almestrand, A.  1951.  Studies on the vegetation and
     hydrochemistry of Scanian lakes.  II. Ion determinations in
     lake waters.  Bot. Notiser, 2(3) (suppl.) 143-174. 
Ampong-Nyarko, K., and S. K. De Datta.  1991.  A handbook for 
     weed control in rice.  International Rice Research
     Institute, Manila.  113 pp. 
Andersen, F. O.  l976.  Primary production in a shallow water 
     lake with special reference to a reed swamp.  Oikos 
Anderson, B. W., and R. D. Ohmart.  1988.  Structure of the 
     winter duck community on the lower Colorado River: patterns
     and processes.  Pp 191-236 in M. W. Weller, ed.  Waterfowl
     in winter.  Iniv. of Minnesota press, Minneapolis.  624 pp.
Anderson, C. M.  1977.  Cattail decline of Farmington Bay
     waterfowl management area.  Great Basin Nat. 37:24-34. 
Anderson, G. C.  1958.  Seasonal characteristics of two saline
Anderson, G. C.  1958.  Some limnological features of a shallow
     saline meromictic lake.  Limnol.  Oceanogr. 3:259-270. 
Anderson, H. G.  1959.  Food habits of migratory ducks in
     Illinois. Bul. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. 27, Art. 4:289-344.
Anderson, J. M.  1950.  Some aquatic vegetation changes following
     fish removal.  J. Wildl.  Manage. 14:206-209. 
Anderson, L. W. J.  1981.  Effect of light on the phytotoxicity 
     of fluridone American pondweed (Potamogeton nodosus) and
     sago pondweed (P. pectinatus). Weed Sci. 29:723-728. 
Anderson, L. W. J., and N. Dechoretz.  1988.  Bensulfuron methyl: 
     A new aquatic herbicide.  Pp. 224-235 in (See Gersinger,
Anderson, M. G.  1978.  Distribution and production of sago
     pondweed (Potamogeton pectinatus L.) on a northern prairie
     marsh.  Ecol. 59:154-160. 
Anderson, M. G., and J. B. Low.  1976.  Use of sago pondweed by
     waterfowl on Delta Marsh.  Manitoba.  J. Wildl.  Manage.
Anderson, M. G., and R. E. Jones.  1976.  Submerged aquatic 
     vascular plants of East Delta Marsh, Manitoba.  Manitoba
     Dep. Renewable Resour.  Transp. Serv.  Wildl.  Rep. 120 pp. 
Anderson, R. C., A. E. Liberta, and L. A. Dickman.  1984. 
     Interaction of vascular plants and vesiculer-arbuscular
     mycorrhizel fungi across a soil moisture-nutrient gradient. 
     Oecologia 64:111-117. 
Anderson, R. R.  1966.  Plant ecology of the upper Patuxent River
     estuary with special reference to the effect of thermal
     pollution on macrophytes. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Maryland,
     College Park.  99pp. 
Anderson, R. R.  1969.  Temperature and rooted aquatic plants. 
     Chesapeake Sci. 10:157-164. 
Anderson, R. R. 1972.  Submerged vascular plants of the
     Chesapeake Bay and tributaries.  Chesapeake Sci. 13(suppl.):
Anderson, R. R., R. G. Brown, and R. D. Rappleye.  1968.  Water
     quality and plant distribution along the upper Patuxent
     River, Maryland.  Chesapeake Sci. 9:145-156. 
Andrews, J. D., and A. D. Hasler.  1943.  Fluctuations in the 
     animal populations of the littoral zone in Lake Mendota. 
     Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters. 35:175-185. 
Andrikovics, S.  1973.  Hydro-ecological and zoological
     examinations in the pondweed fields of Lake Ferto. 
     Alliattani Kozicm enysk 60:39-50. (English summary). 
Ankar, S., and R. Elmgren.  1977.  The Ruppia subsystem.  In:  
     B-O. Jansson and F. Wulff (Editors), Ecosystem analysis of a
     Shallow Sound in the Northern Baltic - a Joint Study by the
     Asko Group.  Contributions from the Asko Laboratory, Univ.
     Stockholm, Sweden, pp. 64-71. 
Apfelbaum, S. I.  1985.  Cattail (Typha spp.) management. Nat.
     Areas J. 5(3):9-17.
Apfelbaum, S. I., and A. Haney.  1981.  Bird populations before 
     and after wildfire in a Great Lakes Pine Forest.  Condor
Arber, A.  1920.  Water plants, a study of aquatic angiosperms.
     Cambridge Univ.  Press, England. 436 pp. 
Armstrong, R., and D. W. Anderson.  1966.  Primary productivity
     measurements at Devils Lake, North Dakota.  Proc.  N.D.
     Acad.  Sci. 20:136-149. 
Arnold, A.  1955.  Die Bedeutung der Chlorionen fur die Pflanze. 
     Bot. Stud. 2. Jena.
Arthur, S. C. 1931.  The fur animals of Louisiana.  Louisiana 
     Dep. Cons.  Bull. 18 (rev.).  
Ascherson, P., and P. Grabener.  l907.  Potamogetonaceae Das
     Pflanzenreich. 4:133. 
Attaway, D. H., P. L. Parker, and J. A. Mears.  1970.  Normal
     alkanes of five coastal spermatophytes.  Contr. Mar. Sci.
Attaway, D. H., P. Haug, and P. L. Parker.  1971.  Sterols in 
     five coastal spermatophytes.  Lipids 6:687-691. 
Atwater, B. F., and C. W. Hedel.  1976.  Distribution of seed 
     plants with respect to tide levels and water salinity in the
     natural tidal marshes of the northern San Francisco Bay
     estuary, California.  U.S. Geol. Surv. Open File Rep.
     76-389.  41 pp.
Auclair, A. N., A. Bouchard, and J. Pajaczkowski.  1973.  Plant
     composition and species relations on the Huntingdon marsh,
     Quebec. Canadian Journal of Botany 51:1231-1247. 
Auclair, A. N., A. Bouchard, and J. Pajaczkowski.  1976a.  Plant
     standing crop and productivity relations in a Scirpus-
     Equisetum wetland.  Ecology 57:941-952. 
Auclair, A. N., A. Bouchard, and J. Pajaczkowski.  1976b. 
     Productivity relations in a Carex-dominated ecosystem.
     Oecologia 26:9-31. 
Austin, H., and S. Austin.  1971.  The feeding habits of some
     juvenile marine fishes from the mangroves in western Puerto
     Rico.  Caribb. J. Sci.  11:171-178. 
Axell, H. E. 1982.  Control of reeds (Phragmites communis) at 
     Minsmere, England.  pp. 44-50 in D. A. Scott, ed. Technical
     meeting on western palearctic migratory bird management. 
     Managing wetlands and their birds.  IWRB, Slimbridge,
Azcon-Bieto, A., J. Murillo, and J. Penuelas.  1987.  Cyanide-
     resistant respiration in photosynthetic organs of freshwater
     aquatic plants.  Plant Physiol. 84:701-706.
Baden, J., III., W. T. Batson, and R. Stalter.  1975.  Factors 
     affecting the distribution of vegetation of abandoned
     ricefields, Georgetown Co., South Carolina.  Castanea
Badger, K. S., and I. A. Ungar.  1990.  Effects of soil salinity 
     on growth and ion content of the inland halophyte hordeum
     jubatum.  Bot. Gaz. 151:314-321. (another by same authors
     1991 gives life history and is also in reprint files.)
Bailey, R. O., and R. D. Titman.  l984.  Habitat use and feeding
     ecology of postbreeding redheads.  J. Wildl.  Manage.
Bakker, J. P. 1978.  Changes in a salt marsh vegetation as a 
     result of grazing and mowing, a five year study of permanent
     plots.  Vegetatio 38:77-87.
Bakker, J.P. 1985. The impact of grazing on plant communities, 
     plant populations, and soil conditions on saltmarshes.
     Vegetatio 63: 39~-398.
Bakker, J. P., and J. V. Ruyter.  1981.  Effects of five years of
     grazing on a salt-marsh vegetation.  Vegetatio 44:81-100. 
Bakker, J. P., M. Dijkstra, and P. T. Russchen.  1985. 
     Dispersal, germination and early establishment of halophytes
     and glycophytes on a grazed and abandoned salt-marsh
     gradient.  New Phytol. 101:291-308.
Baldwin, W. P.  1967.  Impoundments for waterfowl on South
     Atlantic and Gulf coastal marshes pp 127-133 in Proc. marsh
     and estuary manage. symp., Louisiana State Univ., Baton
Ball, J. P.  1985.  Marsh management by water level manipulation 
     on other natural techniques:  a community approach.  Pp.
     263-277 in H. Prince and F. M. D'Itri, eds.  Coastal
     Wetlands.  Lewis Publications, Chelsea, MI.  286 pp.
Ball, J., R. D. Bauer, K. Vermeer, and M. J. Rabenberg.  1989.  
     Northwest riverine and Pacific coast.  Pp 429-449 in  L. M.
     Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M. Kaminski, eds.  Habitat
     management for migrating and wintering waterfowl in North
     America.  Texas Tech. Univ. Press, Lubbock.  560 pp.
Barber, W. E., and N. R. Keven.  1973.  Ecological factors
     influencing macroinvertebrate standing crop distribution. 
     Hydrobiol. 43:53-75.
Barbour, M. G. 1978.  The effects of competition and salinity on 
     the growth of a salt marsh plant species.  Oecologia 37:93-
Barclay, A. M., and R. M. M. Crawford.  1982.  Plant growth and 
     survival under strict anaerobiosis.  J. Exp. Bot. 33:541-
Barclay, A. M., and R. M. M. Crawford.  1983.  The effect of
     anaerobiosis on carbohydrate levels in storage tissues of
     wetland plants.  Ann. Bot. 51:255-259. 
Bardwell, J. L., L. L. Glasgow, and E. A. Epps, Jr.  1965.
     Nutritional analyses of foods eaten by pintail and teal in
     south Louisiana.  Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game
     and Fish Comm. 16:209-217.
Barker, W. T., and G. E. Larson.  1976.  Aquatic plant
     communities.   p. 2.2C1-2.2C96 in:  Wildlife, biological and
     vegetation resources of the Dunn County coal gasification
     project study area.  An interim report.  Bot. and Zoo.
     Depts., NDSU, Fargo. 
Barker, W. T., and G. W. Fulton.  1979.  Analysis of wetland
     vegetation on selected areas in southwestern North Dakota. 
     N.D. Regional Environmental Assessment Program.  Rep. No.
     79-15.  North Dakota State University, Fargo. 132 pp. 
Barko, J. W., and R. M. Smart.  1981.  Sediment-based nutrition 
     of submersed macrophytes.  Aquat.  Bot. 10:339-352. 
Barko, J. W., R. M. Smart, C. R. Lee, M. C. Landin, T. C.
     Sturgis, and R. N. Gordon.  1977.  Establishment and growth
     of selected freshwater and coastal marsh plants in relation
     to characteristics of dredged sediments.  U. S. Army Corps
     of Engineers, Waterways Exp. Stn. Tech. Rep. D-77-2.  41 pp.
Barko, J. W., D. G. Hardin, and M. S. Mathews.  1982.  Growth and
     morphology of submersed freshwater macrophytes in relation
     to light and temperature.  Can. J. Bot. 60:877-887. 
Barko, J. W., R. M. Smart, M. S. Hennington, D. A. McFarland, and
     L. D. Ferguson.  1983.  Effects of organic amendments to
     sediment on freshwater macrophyte growth.  Tech. Rep.
     A-83-5, U.S. Army Engineer waterwasy.  Exp. Sta., CE,
     Vicksburg, Miss. 
Barko, J. W., M. S. Adams, and N. L. Clesceri.  1986. 
     Environmental factors and their consideration in the
     management of submersed aquatic vegetation:  a review.  
     J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 24:1-10.
Barko, J. W., and R. M. Smart.  1986.  Sediment-related
     mechanisms of growth limitation in submersed macrophytes. 
     Envir. Lab., Waterways Experiment Sta., Vicksburg,
     Mississippi.  Ecol. 67:1328-1340.
Barnes, R. S. K., A. E. Dorey, and C. Little.  1971.  An
     ecological study of a pool subject to varying salinity
     (Swanpool, Falmouth).  J. Anim. Ecol. 40:709-734. 
Barnett, L. B.  1964.  An ecological study of waterfowl habitat 
     at Powell's Slough.  Utah Lake.  M.S. Thesis, Brigham Young
     Univ., Provo. UT.  45 pp. 
Bartonek, J. C., and J. J. Hickey.  1969a.  Food habits of
     canvasbacks, redheads, and lesser scaup in Manitoba.  Condor
Bartonek, J. C., and J. J. Hickey.  1969b.  Selective feeding by
     juvenile diving ducks in summer.  Auk. 86:443-457. 
Bassett, P. A.  1978.  The vegetation of a Camargue pasture.  J. 
     Ecol. 66:803-827.
Bassett, P. A.  1980.  Some effects of grazing on vegetation 
     dynamics in the Camargue, France.  Vegetatio 43:173-184. 
Batten, G. J. 1967.  Chemical control of weeds in drains.  N. Z. 
     J. Agric. 114:26-29.
Bauman, A. C.  1947.  2,4-D and some emergent aquatics.  Prog.
     Fish-Cult. 9:71-77. 
Bayly, I. A. E., and W. D. Williams.  1966.  Chemical and
     biological studies on some saline lakes of southeast
     Australia.  Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 17, 177-228. 
Bayly, I. L., and T. A. O'Neill.  1972.  Seasonal ionic
     fluctuations in Typha glauca community.  Ecol. 53:714-719.
Bazely, D.R. and R.L. Jefferies. 1985. Goose faeces: A source of 
     nitrogen for plant growth in a grazed marsh. Journal of
     Applied Ecology 22: 693-703.
Bazely, D.R. and R.L. Jefferies. 1986. Changes in composition and
     standing crop of saltmarsh communities in response to the
     removal of a grazer. Journal of Ecology 74: 693-706.
Beadle, L. C.  1943.  An ecological survey of some inland saline
     waters of Algeria.  J. Linn.  Soc. (Zool.) 41, 218-242.
Beadle, L. C., and E. M. Lind.  1960.  Research on the swamps of
     Uganda. Uganda J. 24:84-87. 
Beal, E. O. 1977.  A manual of marsh and aquatic vascular plants 
     of North Carolina with habitat data.  North Carolina Agric.
     Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 247.
Beal, E. O., A. W. Cooper, and D. A. Adams.  1962.  Factors 
     influencing vascular plant zonation in North Carolina
     saltmarshes.  Final Report Contract, Nonr 486 (09), N.C.
     State Col.  79 p.
Beam, J., and N. Gruenhagen.  1980.  Feeding ecology of pintails 
     (Anas acuta) wintering on the Los Banos Wildlife Area,
     Merced County, California.  California Game and Fish Dept.
     Job Progress Rep. W-40-D-1.  23 pp.
Beare, P. A., and J. B. Jedler.  1987.  Cattail invasion and
     persistence in a coastal salt marsh - the role of salinity
     reduction.  Estuaries 10(2):165-170.
Beckwith, S. L., and H. J. Hosford.  1956.  The Florida duck in 
     the vicinity of Lake Okeechobee, Glades County, Florida. 
     Proc. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 9:188-201.
Bedford, B. 1977.  Seasonally displaced water temperatures as a
     factor affecting depletion of stored carbohydrates in Typha
     latifolia.  Pages 83-98 in C. B. Dewitt and E. Soloway
     (eds.), Wetlands, Institute for Environmental Studies, Univ.
     of Wisconsin--Madison.
Bedish, J. W.  1964.  Studies of the germination and growth of
     cattail in relation to marsh management.  M.S. Thesis, Iowa
     State Univ., Ames. 85 pp. 
Bedish, J. W.  1967.  Cattail moisture requirements and their
     significance to marsh management.  Am. Midl.  Nat.
Bednarik, K.  1956.  Muskrat in Ohio Lake Erie marhes. Ohio Dept.
     Nat. Resour., Div. Wildl. 67pp.
Beeftink, W. G. 1966.  Vegetation and habitat of the salt marshes
     and beach plains in the southwestern part of the
     Netherlands.  Wentia 15:83-108.
Beeftink, W. G.  1977.  The coastal salt-marshes of western and 
     northern Europe: an ecological and phytosociological
     approach. pp. 109-155 in V.J. Chapman, ed.  Wet coastal
     ecosystems.  Elsevier, Amsterdam.  428 pp.
Beeftink, W. G. 1978.  Vegetation dynamics in salt marshes as a 
     conswequence of some traditional cultural practices of man. 
     Phytocoenosis 7:279-298.
Beeftink, W. G. 1985.  Vegetation study as a generator for
     population biological and physiological research on salt
     marshes.  Vegetatio 62:469-486.
Beetle, A. A. 1942.  Studies in the genus Scirpus L. IV.  The 
     section Bolboschoenus Palla.  Am. J. Bot. 29:82-88.
Bell, L. M., and R. J. Kallman.  1976a.  The Cowichan-Chemainus 
     River estuaries. Status of environmental knowlege to 1975. 
     Environment Canada Special Estuary Ser. No. 4.
Bell, L. M., and R. J. Kallman.  1976b.  The Nanaimo River
     estuary. Status of environmental knowlege to 1976. 
     Environment Canada Special Estuary Ser. No. 5. 1977. 
Bell, L. M., and J. M. Thompson.  1977.  The Campbell River 
     estuary. Status of environmental knowlege to 1977. 
     Environment Canada Special Estuary Ser. No. 7.
Bell, R.  1956.  Aquatic and marginal vegetation of strip mine
     waters in southern Illinois.  Transactions of Illinois
     Academy of Science 48:85-91. 
Bellrose, F. C. Jr.  l941.  Duck food plants of the Illinois 
     River Valley. Ill. Nat. Hist.  Survey Bull. 21:237-280. 
Bellrose, F. C. Jr., and H. G. Anderson.  1943.  Preferential
     rating of duck food plants.  Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull.
Bellrose, F. C., and L. G. Brown.  1941.  The effect of
     fluctuating water levels on the muskrat population of the
     Illinois River Valley.  J. Wildl.  Manage. 5:206-212. 
Bellrose, F. C., F. L. Paveglio, Jr., and D. W. Steffeck.  1979. 
     Waterfowl populations and the changing environment of the
     Illinois River Valley. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull.
     32(1).  54 p. 
Belsky, A.J. 1986. Does herbivory benefit plants? A review of the
     evidence. American Naturalist 127: 870892.
Bennett, L. J.  1938.  The blue-winged teal, its ecology and
     management. Collegiate Press. 144 pp. 
Berendsen, G., and Van der Kruis, A.  1986.  Groei en productie
     van Potamogeton pertinatus L. in het Lauwermeer in relatie
     tot begrazing.  Rijksdienst voor de IJasselmeerpolders,
     internal report, no. 1986-26 abw.  59 pp. (Dutch with
     English summary).
Berg, C. O.  1949.  Limnological relations of insects to plants 
     of the genus Potamogeton.  Trans. Am. Micro. Soc.
Berge, D. A.  1987.  Native plants, fish introduced in lake
     restoration effort (Wisconsin).  Restoration Manage. 
     Notes 5:35.
Bergelson, J. 1990. Spatial patterning in plants: opposing
     effects of herbivory and competition. Journal of Ecology 78:
Bergey, E. A., S. F. Balling, J. N. Collins, G. A. Lamberti, and 
     V. H. Resh.  1992.  Bionomics of invertebrates within an
     extensive Potamogeton pectinatus bed of a California marsh. 
     Hydrobiologia 234:15-24.
Bergman, R. D.  1973.  Use of southern boreal lakes by
     postbreeding canvasbacks and redheads.  J. Wildl.  Manage.
Bernard, J. M.  1974.  Seasonal changes in standing crop and 
     primary production in a sedge wetland and an adjacent dry
     old-field in central Minnesota.  Ecology 55:350-359.
Bernard, J. M., and F. A. Bernard.  1973.  Winter biomass in 
     Typha glauca Godr. and Sparganium eurycarpum Engelm.  Bull.
     Torrey Bot. Club 100:125-127. 
Bernard, J. M., and F. A. Bernard.  1977.  Winter standing crop 
     and nutrient contents in five central New York wetlands. 
     Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 104:57-59. 
Bernasor, P. C., and S. K. DeDatta.  1986.  Chemical and cultural
     control of bulrush (Scirpus maritimus L.) and annual weeds
     in lowland rice (Oryza sativa L.).  Weed Resear. 26:233-244.
Bernatowicz, S.  1965.  Effects of mowing on the occurrence of
     macrophytes in the Dgal Maly Lake.  Acta Hydrobiol. 7:71-82.
Bernatowicz, S.  1969.  Macrophytes in the Lake Warniak and their
     chemical composition.  Ekol. Pol. Ser.  A, 17:447-467.
Bernatowicz, S., and J. Zachwieja.  1966.  Types of littoral 
     found in lakes of the Majurian and Suwalki Lakelands.  Ekol
     Pol. Ser.A. 14:519-545. 
Bernatowicz, S., S. Leszcynski, and S. Tyczynska.  1976.  The
     influence of transpiration by emergent plants on water
     balance in lakes.  Aquat. Bot. 2:275-288. 
Beter, R. A.  1957.  A comparative winter food habit study of
     dabbling ducks from the brackish Lake Borgne Marsh of
     St.Bernard Parish and the fresh marsh of Pass-A-Loutre
     (Miss. Delta) Plaquemines Parish, Louisiana.  M.S. Thesis,
     Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge. 69 pp. 
Beule, J. D.  1979.  Control and management of cattails in
     south-eastern Wisconsi.  Tech. Bull. No. 112. Wis. Dep. Nat.
     Resour., Madison.
Bicknell, E. P. 1901.  On Scirpus robustus and certain of its 
     near allies.  Torreya 1:94-96.
Bierhuizen, J. F. H., and E. E. Prepas.  1985.  Relationship 
     between nutrients, dominant ions, and phytoplankton standing
     crop in prairie saline lakes. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci.
Biesboe, D. D.  1984.  Seasonal variation in nitrogen fixation,
     associated microbial populations, and carbohydrates in roots
     and rhizomes of Typha latifolia (Typhaceae).  Can. J. Bot.,
Biesboer, D. D.  1984.  Nitrogen Fixation associated with natural
     and cultuvated stands of Typhe latifelia L.  Am. J. Bot.
Bigley, R. E., and P. G. Harrison.  1983.  The population biology
     of two intertidal seagrasses, Zostera japonica and Ruppia
     maritima, at Roberts Bank, British Columbia. 
Bigley, R. E., and P. A. Harrison.  l986.  Shoot demography and
     morphology of Zostera japonica and Ruppia maritima from
     British Columbia, Canada. Aquatic Bot. 24:69-82. 
Billore, D. K., and L. N. Vyas.  1981.  Distribution and
     production of macrophytes in Pichhola Lake, Udaipur (India). 
     Int.J. Ecol.  Environ. Sci. 7:45-54. 
Bird, E. C. F.  1968.  Coasts. The Mass. Institute of Technology
     Press, Cambridge.  246 pp.
Bird, K. T., B. R. Cody, J. Jewett-Smith, and M. E. Kane.  1993. 
     Salinity effects on Ruppia maritima L. cultured In Vitro. 
     Bot. Mar. 36:23-28.
Black, J. D.  1946.  Nature's own weed killer.  The German carp. 
     Wisc. Cons. Bull. 11:3-7. 
Blake, G., J. P. Dubois, and P. Gerbeaux.  1986.  Distribution 
     charges of population of macrophytes in a alpine lake.  Pp.
     43-50 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp. Aquat. Weeds.  European Weed
     Res. Soc. and Assn. Appl. Bio.
Blankenship, J. W. 1905.  Native economic plants of Montana.  
     Mont. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 56. (not seen, cited in
     Yanovsky 1936).
Bolen, E. G.  1964.  Plant ecology of spring-fed salt marshes in
     western Utah.  Ecol.  Monogr. 34:143-166. 
Boltt, R. E.  1973.  Coastal lakes benthos.  Annual report of the
     institute for Freshwater Studies, Rhodes Univ., Grahamstown,
     South Africa.  (not seen). 
Boltt, R. E., B. J. Hill, and A. T. Forbes.  1969.  The benthos 
     of some southern African lakes.  Part I: Distribution of
     aquatic macrophytes and fish in Lake Sibayi.  Trans.  Roy.
     Soc. S. Africa. 38:241-248. 
Bonasera, J., J. Lynch, and M. A. Leck.  1979.  Comparison of the
     allelopathic potential of four marsh species.  Bul. Torrey
     Bot. Club, 106:217-222. 
Bonnewell, V., Koukkari, W. L., and D. C. Pratt.  1983.  Light,
     oxygen and temperature requirements for Typha latifolia seed
     germination.  Can. J. Bot. 61:1330-1336.
Bonnewell, V., and Pratt, D. C.  1978.  Effects of nutrients on
     productivity and morphology of Typha augustifolia X 
     latifolia.  J. Minn. Aca. of Sci.
Boorman, L.A. and R.M. Fuller. 1981. The changing status of 
     reedswamp in the Norfolk Broads. Journal of Applied Ecology
Booysen, P. deV,, and N. M. Tainton. (eds.).  1984.  Ecological 
     effects of fire in South African ecosystems.  Springer-
     Verlag, New York.
Borowiec, E.  1975.  Food of the coot (Fulica atra L.) in
     different phenological periods.  Pol. Arch. Hydrobiol.
Bortner, J. B.  1985.  Bioenergetics of wintering tundra swans in
     the Mattamuskeet Region of North Carolina.  M. S. Thesis,
     Univ. Maryland, College Park.  69 pp.
Bourn, W. S.  1932.  Ecological and physiological studies on
     certain aquatic angiosperms.  Contrib.  Boyce Thompson Inst.
Bourn, W. S.  1935.  Sea-water tolerance of Ruppia maritima L.
     Boyce Thompson Inst.  Contrib. 7:249-255. 
Bourn, W. S., and C. Cottam.  1939.  The effect of lowering water
     levels on marsh wildlife.  Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf.
Bourn, W. S., and C. Cottam.  1950.  Some biological effects of 
     ditching tidewater marshes.  U. S. Fish Wildl. Serv. Resear.
     Rep. 19.
Bourn, W. S., and B. Jenkins.  1928.  Rhizoctonia disease on 
     certain aquatic plants.  Boyce Thompson Inst. for Plant Res.
     Contrib. 1:383-396 
Bowers, K. H.  1987.  Nutrient removal from effluents by an
     artifical wetland:  influence of rhizosphere aeration and
     preferential flow studied using bromide and dye tracers. 
     Wat. Res. 21(5) 591-599.
Bowers, K. L., G. L. Pauley, and G. L. Thomas.  1987.  Feeding
     preference on Pacific Northwest aquatic plant species by
     diploid and triploid grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idells). 
     pp 133-140 in Proc. 21st Annu. Mtg. Aquat. Plant Control
     Resear. Prog., U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Exp. Sta.,
     Vicksburg, Mississippi.
Bowers, K. J., and D. Blalock.  1993.  Seagrass bed creation 
     attempted on dredge spoil (Maryland).  Restor. Manage. Notes
     11: 161-162.
Bowmer, K. H.  1987.  Nutrient removal from effluents by an
     artifical wetland:  influence of rhizosphere aeration and
     preferential flow studied using bromide and dye tracers. 
     Wat. Res. 21(5) 591-99.
Boyd, C. E.  1970.  Amino acid, protein, and calorie content of
     vascular aquatic macrophytes.  Ecol. 51:902-906. 
Boyd, C. E.  1970.  Production, mineral accumulation and pigment
     concentrations in Typha latifolia and Scirpus americanus. 
     Ecology 51:285-290. 
Boyd, C. E.  1970.  Chemical analyses of some vascular aquatic
     plants. Arch. Hydrobiol. 67:78-85. 
Boyd, C. E.  1970.  Losses of mineral nutrients during
     decomposition of Typha latifolia.  Arch. Hydrobiol.
Boyd, C. E.  1971.  Further studies on productivity, nutrient and
     pigment concentrations in Typha latifolia populations. 
     Bull.  Torrey Bot. Club 98:144-150. 
Boyd, C. E., and L. W. Hess.  1970.  Factors influencing shoot
     production and mineral nutrient levels in Typha latifolia. 
     Ecology 51:296-300. 
Boyd, C. E., and W. W. Walley.  1972.  Studies of the
     biogeochemistry of boron 1.  Concentrations in surface
     waters, rainfall, and aquatic plants.  Am. Midl. Nat.
Boye Petersen, J.  1917.  In Wesenberg; Lund, Sand, M. J., Boye
     Petersen, J., Seidelin Raukiaer, A., and Steenberg, C. M.,
     1917.  Bemaerkninger til Plantekortene over Bastrup Farum
     Bagsvaerd og Lungby Furesostudier, Chap.III.(not seen). 
Boynton, W. R., and K. L. Heck Jr.  1982.  Ecological role and 
     value of submerged macrophyte communities:  A scientific
     summary. 432-501 pp in Chesapeake Bay program technical
     studies:  A    synthesis.  U.S. Env. Protection Agency,
     Washington D.C.  634 pp. 
Brannon, M. A.  l9ll.  Factors influencing the flora of Devil's
     Lake. North Dakota Int. Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol. 4:291-299.
Braun-Blanquet, J. 1932.  Plant sociology: the study of plant 
     communities.  Translated by G. D. Fuller and H. S. Conard. 
     McGraw-Hill, New York.  430 pp.
Bray, J. R.  1962.  Estimates of energy budgets for a Typha
     (cattail) marsh.  Science 136:1119-1120. 
Bray, J. R., D. B. Lawrence, and L. C. Pearson.  1959.  Primary
     production in some Minnesota terrestrial communities for
     1957.  Oikos 10:38-49. 
Brayshaw, T. C.  1985.  Pondweeds and bur-reeds, and their
     relatives, of British Columbia.  British Columbia Prov. Mus.
     Occas. Pap. Ser. No. 26.  167 pp. 
Brehm, K. 1979.  Factors affecting the vegetation of fresh 
     water reservoirs on the German coast. pp. 603-615 in
     Westhoff, V., and Schouten, M.G.C. (eds.).  The diversity of
     European coastal ecosystems.  Ecological processes in
     coastal environments.  Blackwell Scientific Publ., Oxford. 
Brereton, A. J. 1971.  The structure of the species populations 
     in the initial stage of salt-marsh succession.  J. Ecol.
Breuer, J. P.  1961.  Biological survey of waters of the Laguna 
     Madre, Cameron and Willacy counties and adjacent waters. 
     Texas Parks Wildl. Dept. Coastal Fish. Job Completion Rep.
     M-9-R-3, Job No. E-4. 2 pp.
Breuer, J. P. 1962.  An ecological survey of the Lower Laguna 
     Madre of Texas, 1953-59.  Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex.
Brewer, J.S. and J.B. Grace. 1990. Plant community structure in 
     an oligohaline tidal marsh. Vegetatio 90:93-107.
Briens, M., and F. Larher.  1982.  Osmoregulation in halophytic 
     higher plants: a comparative study of soluble carbohydrates,
     polyols, betaines and free proline.  Plant, Cell and
     Environ. 5:287-292.
Briggs, S. V.  1981.  Freshwater wetlands. pp 335-360 in (R.H. 
     Groves ed.)  Australian vegetation.  Cambridge Univ.  Press.
Briggs, S. V., and M. T. Maher.  1985.  Limnological studies of
     waterfowl habitat in south-western New South Wales.  II.
     Aquatic macrophyte productivity.  Aust.  J. Mar. Freshw. 
     Res. 36:707-715. 
Bristow, J. M.  1974.  Nitrogen fixation in the rhizosphere of
     freshwater angiosperms.  Can. J. Bot. 52:217-221. 
Britton, R. H., and Podlejski, V. D.  1981.  Inventory and
     classification of the wetlands of the Camargue (France)
     Aquat. Bot. 10:195-228.
Brock, M. A.  1982.  Biology of the salinity tolerant genus 
     Ruppia L. in saline lakes in South Australia.  II.
     Population ecology and reproductive biology.  Aquat.  Bot.,
Brock, M. A.  1982.  Biology of the salinity tolerant genus 
     Ruppia L. in saline lakes in South Australia.  I.
     Morphological variation within and between species and
     ecophysiology.  Aquat.  Bot.. 13:219-248. 
Brock, M. A.  l979.  Accumulation of proline in a submerged 
     aquatic halophyte, Ruppia L. Oecologia. 51:217-219. 
Brock, M. A.  1983.  Reproductive allocation in annual and
     perennial species of the submerged aquatic Halphyte ruppia. 
     J. Ecol. 71:811-828. 
Brock, M. A., and J. A. K. Lane.  1983.  The aquatic macrophyte
     flora of saline wetlands in Western Australia in relation to
     salinity and permanence.  Hydrobiol. 105:63-76. 
Brock, M. A., and R. J. Shiel.  l983.  The comparisons of aquatic
     communities in saline wetlands in western Australia. 
     Hydrobiologia. 105:77-84. 
Brock, T., and W. Van Vierssen.  1992.  Climatic change and 
     hydrophyte-dominated communities in inland wetland
     ecosystems.  Wetland Ecol. and Manage. 2:37-49.
Bronmark, C., and S. E. B. Weisner.  1992.  Indirect effects of 
     fish community structure on submerged vegetation in shallow,
     eutrophic lakes: an alternative mechanism.  Hydrobiologia
Brooker, M. P., and R. W. Edwards.  1973.  Effects of the
     herbicide paraquat on the ecology of a reservoir.  I.
     Botanical and chemical aspects. Freshwater Biol. 3:157-175.
Brostoff, W., and D. Clarke.  1993.  Monitoring marsh development
     on an island constructed of dredged material in South
     Carolina's Winyah Bay.  U. S. Army Corps of Engineers,
     Waterways Exp. Sta., Wetlands Resear. Prog. Bull. 3:7-9.
Brown, C. A.  1959.  Vegetation of the outer banks of North 
     Carolina.  Louisiana State Univ. Press, Baton Rouge.  179
Browning, J. and K. D. Gordon-Gray.  1992.  Studies in Cyperaceae
     in southern Africa. 19: The genus Bolboschoenus.  South
     African Journal of Botany 58:380-385.
Browning, J. and K. D. Gordon-Gray.  1993.  Studies in Cyperaceae
     in southern Africa. 21: The taxonomic significance of the
     achene and its embryo in Bolboschoenus.  South African
     Journal of Botany 59:311-318.
Brumsted, H. B., and O. H. Hewitt.  1952.  Early investigation on
     artificial marsh development in New York.  Trans. N. Am.
     Wildl. Conf. 17:259-268. 
Buchlovska, J.  1964.  Comparison of zooplankton and
     phytoplankton production in stands of submerged vegetation
     and in open water in the pond radov.  Thesis, Faculty of
     Science, Charles Univ., Prague. 58 pp. (in Czech).  (Not
     seen, cited in Korinek, V., J. Fott, J. Fuksa, J. Lellak,
     and M. Prazakova.  1987.  Carp ponds in central Europe. pp
     29-62 in (R.G. Michael ed.).  Managed aquatic ecosystems. 
     Ecosystems of the world 29.  Elsevier, New York.
Buckingham, G. R.  1982.  Investigations of Parapoynx spp. for 
     biocontrol basis 116-119 in (See Vesterdahl 1982).
Bue, I. G.  1956.  The ecology of waterfowl populations on stock 
     ponds in wstern South Dakota.  Ph.D. Thesis.  Univ. of
     Minnesota, Minneapolis.  127 pp.
Buglewicz, E. G., and G. L. Hergenrader.  1977.  The impact of
     artifical reduction of light on a eutrophic farm pond. 
     Trans. Nebraska Acad. Sci. 4:23-33.
Bumby, M. J.  1977.  Changes in submerged macrophytes in Green
     Lake, Wisconsin form 1921 to 1971.  Wisc. Acad Sci. Arts
     Lett. 65:120-151. 
Burg, M. E., D. R. Tripp, and E. S. Rosenberg.  1980.  Plant 
     associations and primary productivity of the Nisqually salt
     marsh on southern Puget Sound, Washington.  Northwest Sci.
Burgess, T. E.  1970.  Food and habitat of four anatinids
     wintering on the Fraser River Delta tidal marshes.  M. S.
     Thesis, University of British Columbia, Vancouver.  124 pp.
Butcher, R. W.  1933.  Studies on the ecology of rivers.  I On 
     the distribution of macrophytic vegetation in the rivers of
     Britian.  J. Ecol. 21:58-91. 
Butler, J. L.  1964.  Interaction of effects by environmental
     factors on primary productivity in ponds and
     microecosystems.  Ph.D.  Thesis, Oklahoma State Univ.,
     Stillwater. 89 pp. 
Butler, M. G., and M. A. Hanson.  1986.  Annual report to
     U.S.Fish and Wildlife Service, Northern Prairie Wildlife
     Research Center. Additional findings from invertebrates of
     turbidity and aquatic macrophytes in Lake Christina,
     Minnesota.  19 pp. 
Butler, M. G., and M. A. Hanson.  1988.  Final summary of
     pre-treatment limnological studies on Lake Christina.  Zool.
     Dept., NDSU, Fargo.  30 pp.
Byren, B. A., and B. R. Davies.  1986.  The influence of
     invertebrates on the breakdown of Potamogeton pectinatus L.
     in a coastal marina (Zandvlei, South Africa).  Hydrobiologia
Cahn, A. R.  1929.  The effect of carp on a small lake:  The carp
     as a dominant. Ecol. 10:271-274.
Cahoon, D. R.  1975.  Net productivity of emergent vegetation at
     Horn Point salt marsh.  M.S. Thesis. University of Maryland.
     94 pp.
Callaway, J. C., and M. N. Josselyn.  1992.  The introduction and
     spread of smooth cordgrass (Spartina alterniflora) in south
     San Francisco Bay.  Estuaries 15:218-226.
Campbell, J. W.  1946.  The food of the wigeon and brent goose. 
     Br. Birds, 39:194-200, 226-232. 
Cao, N. D. 1974.  Some aspects of the biology of Scirpus
     maritimus. M.S. Thesis, University of the Phillipines, Los
     Banos. 43 pp. (not seen, cited in Vergara et al. 1977).
Capehart, A. A., and C. T. Hackney.  1989.  The potential role of
     roots and rhizomes in structuring salt-marsh benthic
     communities.  Estuaries 12:119-122.
Carl, G. C.  1940.  Some ecological conditions in a brackish
     lagoon.  Ecol. 21:65-74
Carpelan, L. H.  1957.  Hydrobiology of the Alviso salt ponds. 
     Ecol. 38:375-390
Carpenter, S.R. and M.S. Adams. 1977.  Environmental Impacts of
     Mechanical Harvesting of Submersed Vascular Plants. 
     Institute for Environmental Studies.  University of
     Wisconsin.  Report No. 77. 
Carpenter, S. R.  1979.  The invasion and decline of Myriophyllum
     spicetum in a eutrophic Wisconsin Lake. pp 11-31 in (J. E.
     Breck, R. T. Prentki, and O. L. Loucks, eds.)  Aquatic
     plants, lake management, and ecosystem consequences of lake
     harvesting.  Proc. Conf. Inst. Envirn. Studies, Univ.
     Wisconsin, Madison. Feb. 14-16.
Carpenter, S.  1980.  Estimating net shoot production by a
     hierarchical cohort method of herbaceous plants subject to
     high mortality.  Am. Midl. Nat. 104:163-175.
Carr, W. E. S., and C. A. Adams.  1973.  Food habits of juvenile
     marine fishes occupying seagrass beds in the estuarine zone
     near Crystal River, Florida. Trans. A. Fish. Soc.
Carter, V., J. E. Paschal, Jr., and G. M. Haramis.  1980. 
     Submerged aquatic vegetation in the tidal Potomac.  Pp.
     1537-1557 in B. L. Edge ed., coastal zone 80:  Proc. of the
     second symposium on coastal and ocean management, Hollywood,
     FL, November 17-20, 1980.  Amer. Soc. of Civil Eng.,
     Waterway Pot Coastal and Ocean Div.
Carter, V., J. E. Paschal, and N. Bartow.  1985a.  Distribution &
     abundance of submerged aquatic vegetation in the tidal
     Potomac River and estuary, Maryland & Virginia, May 1978 to
     Nov. 1981.  A water quality study of the tidal Potomac River
     and estuary.  U.S. Geol. Surv. Water Supply Paper 2234-A,
     Reston, Virginia.  46 pages. 
Carter, V., N. B. Rybicki, R. T. Anderson, T. J. Trombley, and 
     G. L. Zynjuk.  1985b.  Data on the distribution and
     abundance of submersed aquatic vegetation in the tidal
     Potomac River and transition zone of the Potomac estuary,
     Maryland, Virginia and District of Columbia, 1983 & 1984. 
     U.S. Geol. Survey, open-file report 85-82, Reston, Virginia. 
     61 pp. 
Carter, V., and N. Rybicki.  1986.  Resurgence of submersed 
     aquatic macrophytes in the tidal Potomac River, Maryland,
     Virginia, and the District of Columbia.  Estuaries 9, No.
     4B, 368-375.
Casper, S. J., and Krausch, H. D.  1980.  Susswasserflora von
     Mitteleuropa, Band 23.  Potamogeton aceae, pp. 100-136. (not
     seen, cited in van Wijk 1988a).
Cattaneo, A., and J. Kalff.  1980.  The relative contribution of
     aquatic macrophytes and their epiphytes to the production of
     macrophyte beds.  Limnol. Oceanogr. 25:280-289.
Chabreck, R. H. 1968.  The relation of cattle and cattle grazing 
     to marsh wildlife and plants in Louisiana.  Proc. Southeast.
     Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 22:55-58.
Chabreck, R. H.  1972.  Ponds and lakes of the Louisiana coastal
     marshed and their value to fish and wildlife. Proc. Annu.
     Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 25:206-215.
Chabreck, R. H.  1970.  Marsh zones and vegetative types in the 
     Louisiana coastal marshes.  Ph.D Thesis, Louisiana State
     University, Baton Rouge.  112 pp.
Chabreck, R. H.  1960.  Coastal marsh impoundment for ducks in
     Louisiana,  Proc. Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm.
Chabreck, R.H. 1981. Effect of burn date on regrowth rate of 
     Scirpus olneyi and Spartina patens. Proceedings of the
     Annual Conference of the Southeastern Association of Fish
     and Wildlife Agencies.
Chabreck, R.H. 1959. A study of nutria exclosures in southwest 
     Louisiana. Final Report to Louisiana Wildlife and Fisheries
     Commission. Baton Rouge, LA
Chabrck, R. H., and C. M. Hoffpauir.  1962.  The use of weirs in 
     coastal marsh management in Louisiana.  Proc. Annu. Conf.
     S.E. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 16:103-112.
Chabreck, R. H., and A. W. Palmisano.  1973.  The effects of 
     hurricane Camille on the marshes of the Mississippi River
     delta.  Ecology 54:1118-1123.
Chamberlain, E. B. Jr.  1948.  Ecological factors influencing the
     growth and management of certain waterfowl food plants on
     Back Bay National Wildlife Refuge.  Trans.  N. Am. Wildl. 
     Conf. 13:347-355. 
Chamberlain, E. B. Jr.  1960.  Florida waterfowl populations,
     habitats and management.  Fla. Game Fresh Wat. Fish Comm.
     Tech. Bull. 7.  62 pp. 
Chamberlain, J. L. 1959.  Gulf Coast marsh vegetation as food of 
     wintering waterfowl.  J. Wildl. Manage. 23:97-102.
Chambers, P. A., and J. Kalff.  1985.  Depth distribution and
     biomass of submersed aquatic macrophyte communities in
     relation to Secchi depth.  Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci.
Chandler, G. A. 1969.  Short term effects of various control 
     measures on undesirable vegetation in a salt and a fresh
     marsh. M. S. Thesis, Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge. 57
Chapman, D. C., Hubert, W. A., and Jackson, U. T. 1987.Phosphorus
     retention by grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) fed sago
     pondweed (Potamogeton pectinatus).  Aquaculture, 65:221-225.
Chapman, V. J.  1960.  Salt marshes and salt deserts of the 
     world.  Interscience Publishers Inc., New York. 392 pp. (see
     bulrush paper for newer ref.) 
Chavan, A. R., and S. D. Sabnis.  1959.  A study of hydrophytes 
     of Boroda and environs.  J. Indian Bot. Soc. 40:121-130.
Chopra, R.N., S.L. Nayor, and I.C. Chopra. 1956.  Glossary of 
     Indian medicinal plants.  Council of Scientific and
     Industrial Research, New Delhi. (not seen, cited in Powell
     et al. 1987).
Christensen, D. C.  1938.  The feeding value of certain duck 
     food plants of the Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge as
     determined by chemical analysis.  M.S. Thesis,  Utah State
     University, Logan. 23 pp. 
Christensen, F. W., T. H. Hopper, and O. A. Stevens.  1947.  
     Feeding slough hay and oat straw.  North Dakota Agric. Exp.
     Sta. Bull. 349. 
Christensen, T., and K. Andersen.  1958.  De storre vandplanter i
     Fureso, Furesoundersogelser, 1950-1954.  Folia Limnol. 
     Scand. 10:114-128. 
Christian, R. R.  1981.  Community metabolism of a saltmarsh
     pothole. Bull.  N.J. Acad.  Sci. 26:34-40. 
Christiansen, J. E., and J. B. Low.  1970.  Water requirements of
     waterfowl marshlands in northern Utah.  Utah Div. of Fish
     and Game Pub. 69-12. 180 pp. 
Claassen, P. W.  1921.  Typha insects: their ecological
     relationships. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Mem.
Clark, J. S. 1989.  Ecological disturbance as a renewal process: 
     theory and application to fire history.  Oikos 56:17-30.
Clayton, J. S., and D. J. Bagyaraj.  1984.  Vestcular-arbuscular
     mycorrhizas in submerged aquatic plants of New Zealand. 
     Aquatic Bot. 19:251-262. 
Clevering, O. A. 1995.  Germination and seedling emergence of 
     Scirpus lacustris L. and Scirpus maritimus L. with special
     reference to the restoration of wetlands.  Aquatic Botany
Clevering, O. A., and W. H. Van der Putten.  1995.  Effects of 
     detritus accumulations on the growth of Scirpus maritimus
     under greenhouse conditions.  Canadian Journal of Botany
Coetzer, A. H.  1987.  Succession in zooplankton and hydrophytes 
     of a seasonal water on the west coast of South Africa. 
     Hydrobiologia 148:193-210.
Cohen, Y., R. Moen, and M. Schecterly.  l986.  Interspecific
     interactions between Potamogeton pectinatus and Myriophyllum
     exalbescens in the face of grazing in a simulated ecosystem.
     Freshwater wetlands and wildlife:perspectives on natural,
     managed and degraded ecosystems.  Ninth Symposium; 1986.
     March 24-27; University of Georgia, Savannah River Ecology
     Laboratory; 169 (Abst.). 
Cole, G. A.  1963.  The American southwest and middle America pp
     393-434 in Limnology in North America. (D. G. Frey ed).  
     Univ. of Wisc. Press:  Madison. 
Collins, C. D., Sheldon, R. B., and Boylen, C. W.  1987. 
     Littoral zone macrophyte community structure: distribution
     and association of species along physical gradients in Lake
     George, New York, U.S.A.  Aquat. Bot. 29:177-194.
Congdon, R. A. 1981.  Zonation in the marsh vegetation of the 
     Blackwood River Estuary in south-western Australia. 
     Australian J. Ecol.  6:267-278.
Congdon, R. A., and A. J. McComb.  1979.  Productivity of Ruppia:
     seasonal changes and dependence on light in an Australian
     estuary.  Aquat.  Bot. 6:121-132. 
Congdon, R. A., and A. J. McComb.  1981.  The vegetation of the
     Blackwood River estuary, South-West Australia.  J. Ecol.
Congdon, R. A., and A. J. McComb.  1976.  The nutrients and 
     plants of Lake Joondalup, a mildly europhic lake
     experiencing large seasonal changes in volume.  J. Royal
     Soc. Western Australia. 59:14-23. 
Congdon, R. A., and A. J. McComb.  1980.  Nutrient pools of an
     estuarine ecosystem-the Blackwood River estuary in
     southwestern Australia.  J. Ecol. 68:287-313. 
Connelly, D. P.  1979.  Propagation of selected native marsh 
     plants in the San Joaquin Valley.  Calif.  Dep. Fish and
     Game; Wildl. Manage. Leaflet 15, Sacramento. 15 pp.
Connelly, D. P., and D. L. Chesemore.  1980.  Food habitat of 
     pintails, Anas acuta, wintering on seasonally flooded
     wetlands in the northern San Joaquin Valley, California. 
     Calif. Fish and Game 66:233-237.
Conover, J. T.  1958.  Seasonal growth of benthic marine plants 
     as related to environmental factors in an esturay.  Publ.
     Inst.  Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex. 5:97-147. 
Conover, J. T.  1964.  Environmental relationships of benthos in
     salt ponds (plant relationships).  Vol. 1 & 2.  Techn. Rep.
     3.  Graduate School of Oceanography, University of Rhode
     Island, Kingston, RI, USA. 80 pp. 
Conover, J. T., and E. Gough.  1966.  The importance of stem and
     leaf vs. root assimilation in Ruppia maritima L. and Zostera
     marina L. related to seasonal growth.  Graduate School
     Oceanogr., Univ. of Rhode Island Tech. Rep. 3.  pp. 6-1 to 
Conover, R. J.  1961.  A study of Charlestown and Green Hill 
     Ponds, Rhode Island.  Ecol. 42:119-139. 
Conover, J. T.  1964b.  The ecology, seasonal periodicity, and 
     distribution of benthic plants in some Texas lagoons.  Bot.
     Mar. 7:4-41.
Constable, J. V. H., J. B. Grace, and D. J. Longstreth.  1992.  
     High carbon dioxide concentrations in aerenchyma of Typha
     latifolia.  Am. J. Bot.  79:415-418.
Conway, V. M.  1949.  The bogs of central Minnesota.  Ecol. 
     Monogr. 19:173-206. 
Cooke, G. D.  1980b.  Lake level drawdown as a macrophyte control
     technique.  Water Resour. Bull. 16:317-322.
Cooke, J. G., A. B. Cooper, and N. M. U. Clunie. 1990.  Changes 
     in the water, soil, and vegetation of a wetland after a
     decade of receiving a sewage effluent.  N. Z. J. Ecol. 
Cooper, A.  1982.  The effects of salinity and waterlogging on 
     the growth and cation uptake of salt marsh plants.  New
     Phytol. 90:263-275.
Coops, H., and H. Smit.  1991.  Effects of various water depths 
     on Scirpus maritimus L.: Field and experimental
     observations.  Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 24:2706-2710.
Copeland, B. J., K. R. Tenore, and D. B. Horton.  1974.
     Oligohaline regime.  Pp. 315-357 in H. T. Odum, B. J.
     Copeland, and E. A. McMahan, eds.  Coastal ecosystems of the
     United States II.  Conservation Foundation, Washington, DC. 
     521 pp.
Corbus, F. G.  1982.  Aquatic Weed Control with Endothall in a 
     salt river project canal.  J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 20:1-3.
Cornelius, S. E.  1975.  Food choice of wintering redhead ducks 
     (Aythya americana) and utilization of available resources in
     Lower Laguna Madre, Texas.  M.S. thesis, Texas A&M Univ.,
     College Sta.  121 pp.
Correll, D. L., J. W. Pierce, and T. L. Wu.  1978a.  Herbicides 
     and submerged plants in the Chesapeake Bay. Pp. 859-877 in
     Coastal Zone 78, Vol. 2, Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., New York, N. Y.
Correll, D. L., J. W. Pierce, and T. L. Wu.  1978b.  Studies on 
     the transport of atrazine and alachler from minimum till
     corn fields into Chesapeake Bay tidal waters.  Suppl. Proc.
     N.E. Weed Sci. Soc. 32:21-32.
Correll, D. L., and T. W. Wu.  1982.  Atrazine toxicity to
     submersed vascular plants in simulated estuarine microcosms.
     Aquatic Bot. 14:151-158. 
Cottam, C.  1934.  Eelgrass disappearence has serious effects on
     waterfowl and industry.  pp. 191-193 in  U.S. Dept. Agric.
Cottam, C.  1935.  Blue and snow geese in eastern United States 
     in the winter of 1934-35--with notes on their food habits. 
     Auk 52:432-441.
Cottam, C.  1939.  Food habits of North American diving ducks. 
     U.S. Dept.  Agric.  Tech.  Bull. 643. 140 pp. 
Cottam, C., W. S. Bourn, F. C. Bishopp, L. L. Williams, Jr., and 
     W. Vogt.  1938.  What's wrong with mosquito control? Trans.
     N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 3:81-107.  
Coull, B. C. 1986.  Benthic meiofauna.  pp. 239-253 in  DeVoe, M.
     R., and D. S. Baughman eds. 1986.  South Carolina Coastal
     Wetland Impoundments:  Ecological characterization,
     management, status, and use.  Vol. II:  Technical synthesis. 
     Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2.  South Carolina Sea Grant
     Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
Cowardin, L. M., V. Carter, F. C. Golet, and E. T. LaRoe.  1979.
     Classification of wetlands and deepwater habitats of the
     United States. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv. FWS/OBS-79/31. 103 pp.
Cowie, N. R., W. J. Sutherland, M. K. M. Ditlhogo, and R. James. 
     1992.  The effects of conservation management of reed beds.
     II.  The flora and litter disappearance.  J. Appl. Ecol.
Cragg, B. A., J. C. Fry, Z. Bacchus, and S. S. Thurley. 1980.  
     The aquatic vegetation of Llangorse Lake, Wales.  Aquatic
     Bot. 8:187-196. 
Craner, R. L.  1964.  Production and waterfowl utilization of 
     sago pondweed Potamogeton pectinatus on the marshes of the
     Bear River in northern Utah.  M.S. Thesis.  Utah State
     University, Logan.  110 pp. 
Crawford, B. T.  1942.  Ecological succession in a series of
     strip-mine lakes in central Missouri.  M.A. Thesis.  Univ.
     of Missouri, Columbia. 134 pp. 
Critcher, T. S.  1949.  An investigation of the waterfowl
     resources on Currituck Sound, North Carolina during the
     1947-48 and 1948-49 hunting seasons.  M. S. Thesis, N. C.
     State College, Raleigh.  111 pp. 
Crivelli, A. J.  1981.  The biology of the common carp, Cyprinus
     carpio L. in the Camargue, southern France.  J. Fish Biol.
Crivelli, A. J.  1983.  The destruction of aquatic vegetation by
     carp. Hydrobiol.  106:37-41. 
Crocker, W.  1907.  Germination of seeds of water plants.  Bot.
     Gaz. 44:375-380 (not seen). 
Crocker, W.  1938.  Life span of seeds.  Bot. Rev. 4:235-272.
Cronan, J. M. Jr., and B. F. Halla.  1968.  Fall and winter
     foods of Rhode Island waterfowl.  R. I. Dept. Nat. Resour.,
     Div. Conserv. Wildl. Pamphl. 7.  40 pp.
Cronan, J. W. Jr.  1957.  Food and feeding habits of the scaups 
     in Connecticut waters.  Auk 74:459-469. 
Cross, D. G.  1969.  Aquatic weed control using grass carp.  J.
     Fish. Biol. 1:27-30.
Crow, J. H.  1977.  Salt marshes of the Alaska Pacific Coast, pp.
     103-110 in R. D. Andrews III, R. L. Carr, F. Gibson, B. Z.
     Lang, R. A. Soltero, and K. C. Swedberg, eds.  Proc. of the
     Symposium on Terrestrial and Aquatic Studies of the
     Northwest EWSC Press, Cheney, Washington.  39 pp.
Crowder, A. A., J. M. Bristow, M. R. King, and S. Vanderkloet. 
     1977.  Distribution, seasonality and biomass of aquatic
     macrophytes in Lake Opinicon (Eastern Ontario).  Naturaliste
     Can. 104:441-456. 
Crum, G. H., and R. W. Bachmann.  1973.  Submersed aquatic plants
     of the Iowa Great Lakes region.  Iowa State J. Res.
Cruz, A. A. de la. 1974.  Primary productivity of coastal marshes
     in Mississippi.  Gulf Research Reports 4:351-356.
Cruz, A. A. de la, and W. E. Poe.  1975.  Amino acid content of 
     marsh plants.  Estuar. Coast. Mar. Sci. 3:243-246.
Cruz, A. A. de la, and C. T. Hackney.  1978.  The effects of 
     winter fire on the vegetational structure and primary
     productivity of tidal marshes in the Mississippi Gulf Coast. 
     Pages 94-154 in L.R. Brown, A. A. de la Cruz, M. S. Ivester,
     J. P. Stout, C. T. Hackney, and R. W. Landers.  Evaluation
     of the ecological role and techniques for management of
     tidal marshes on the Mississippi and Alabama Gulf Coast. 
     Final Report, Mississippi-Alabama Sea Grant Consortium.
Daborn, R.  1975.  The argillotrophic lake system.  Verh. int.
     Ver. Limnol. 19:580-588.
Dahl, E., and E. Hadac. 1941.  Strandgesellschaften der Insel 
     Ostoy in Oslofjord.  Nyt Mag. Naturv. 82:251-312. (not seen,
     cited in Chapman 1974).
Dahlbeck, N.  1945.  Strandwiesen am SĀdĒstlichen ôresund.  Act. 
     Phytogeogr, Suec., 18.
Daiber, F. C.  1974.  Salt marsh plants and future coastal salt
     marshes in relation to animals. pp. 475-508 in: R. J. 
     Reimold and W. H. Queen, eds.  Ecology of halophytes. 
     Academic Press, New York, New York. 605 pp. 
Dandy, J. E., and G. Taylor.  1946.  An account of Potamogeton x
     suecicus richt. in Yorkshire and the Tweed. Trans. Proc. 
     Bot. Soc. Edinbu. 34:348-360. 
Dane, C. W.  1959.  Succession of aquatic plants in small
     artificial marshes in New York State.  New YOrk Fish and
     Game J. 6:57-76. 
Darnell, R. M.  1958.  Food habits of fishes and larger
     invertebrates of Lake Pontchartrain, Louisiana, an estuarine
     community.  Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex.  5:353-416.
Daubenmire, R. F. 1959.  Plants and environment: a textbook  of 
     plant autecology. 2nd ed.  John Wiley and Sons, Inc.  New
     York.  422 pp.
Davies, B. R.  1982.  Studies on the zoobenthos of some southern 
     cape coastal lakes.  Spatial and temporal changes in the
     benthos of Swartvlei, South Africa, in relation to changes
     in the submerged littoral macrophyte community.  J. Limnol.
     Soc. S. Afr. 8:33-45.
Davis, C. B., and A. B. ven der Valk.  1978.  Litter
     decomposition in prairie glacial marshes. pp. 99-133 in: (R.
     E. Good, D. F. Whigham, and R. L. Simpson, eds.). 
     Freshwater wetlands.  Acad. Press.  New York. 378 pp.
Davis, C. B., and A. G. van der Valk.  1983.  Uptake and release 
     of nutrients by living and decomposing Typha glauca Godr.
     tissues at Eagle Lake, Iowa. 
Davis, G. J., and D. F. Carey.  1981.  Trends in submersed
     macrophyte communities of the Currituck Sound 1977-79.  J.
     Aquat. Plant Management. 19:3-8. 
Davis, G. J., and M. M. Brinson.  1980.  Responses of submerged
     vascular plant communities to environmental change.  U.S.
     Fish and Wildl.  Serv. FWS/OBS - 79/33. 
Davis, G. J., H. D. Bradshaw, and S. M. Harlan.  1985.  Submersed
     macrophytes in Jacks and Jacobs Creeks, September
     1981-February 1983.  J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc.
Davis, J. P., C. H. Thomas, and L. L. Glasgow.  1961.  Foods 
     available to waterfowl in fallow ricefields of southwest
     Louisiana, 1960-1961.  Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc.
     Game and Fish Comm.  15:60-66
Davis, J. S.  1978.  Biological communities of a nutrient
     enriched Salina. Aquat. Bot. 4:23-42. 
Davis, J. S., and P. B. Tomlinson.  1974.  A new species of 
     Ruppia in high salinity in western Australia.  J. Arnold
     Arbor.  Harv. Univ. 55:59-66. 
Davis, S. M., and L. A. Harris.  1978.  Marsh plant production 
     and phosphorus flux in Everglades Conservation Area 2.  In:
     Drew, M. A. (Ed.) Environmental Quality Through Wetlands    
     Utilization.  Coordinating Council on the Kissimmee River
     Valley and Tayler Creek-Nubbin Slough Basin, Tallahassee,   
     pp. 105-131. 
Davison, V. E., and W. W. Neely.  1959. Managing farm fields,
     wetlands, and waters for wild ducks in the south.  U.S.
     Dept. Agric. Farmer's Bull. 2144. 14 pp. 
Davison, V. E., J. M. Lawrence, and L. V. Compton.  1962.
     Waterweed control on farms and ranches.  U.S. Dept. Agric.
     Farmers Bull. 2181.  22 pp. 
Dawson, F. H., and U. Kern-Hansen.  1979.  Aquatic weed
     management in natural streams:  the effect of shade by the
     marginal vegetation.  Verh. Int. Verein. theor angew Limnol
Day, J. H.  1952.  The ecology of South African estuaries.  Part
     1. A review of estuarine conditions in general.  Trans. Roy.
     Soc. S. Afr. 33:53-89. 
Dean, E. B.  1933.  Effect of soil type and aeration upon root
     systems of certain aquatic plants.  Plant Physiol.
Dean, J. V., and D. D. Biesboer.  1986.  The uptake and
     distribution of 15 N 2 into the various organs of Typha
     Latifolia L. Aquatic Bot. 23:309-320. 
Deevey, E. S. Jr.  1957.  Limnological studies in Middle America
     with a chapter on Aztec limnology.  Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts
     Sci. 39:213-328. 
De Jong, T. M., and B. G. Drake.  1981.  Seasonal patterns of 
     plant and soil water potential on an irregularly flooded
     tidal marsh.  Aquatic Bot. 11:1-9.
De Szalay, F. A., and V. H. Resh.  1994.  The effects of
     vegetation management practices on wetland invertebrates and
     plant communities in a California seasonal marsh.  p. 44 in
     Soc. Wetland Scientists 15th Annual Meeting. (abstr.).
den Hartog, C.  1981.  Aquatic plant communities of poikilosaline
     waters. Hydrobiol. 81:15-22. 
den Hartog, C., and S. Segal.  1964.  A new classification of
     water- plant communities.  Act. Bot. Neerl. 13:367-393.
Denniston, R. H.  1921.  A survey of the larger aquatic plants in
     Lake Mendota.  Trans.  Wisc.  Acad.  Sci. Arts and Lett.
Denny, P.  1972.  Lakes of south-western Uganda, I. Physical and
     chemical studies of Lake Bunyonyi.  Freshwater Biol.
Denny, P.  1972.  Zonation of aquatic macrophytes around Habukara
     Island, Lake Bunyonyi, S.W. Uganda.  12, 249-257.
Denny, P.  1973.  Lakes of south-western Uganda.  II. Vegetation
     studies on Lake Bunyonyi.  Freshwater Biol. 3:123-135. 
DeVlaming, V., and V. W. Proctor.  1968.  Dispersal of aquatic
     organisms:  viability of seeds recovered from the droppings
     of captive killdeer and mallard ducks.  Am, J. Bot.
Devlin, R. M., and S. J. Karczmarczyk.  1975.  The influence of
     norflurazon on chlorophyll content and growth of Potamogeton
     pectinatus.  Pro. Northeast Weed Sci. Soc. 29:118-123.
Devlin, R. M., and R. W. Yaklich.  1971.  Mineral deficiency in
     Potomogeton and its influence on naptalum uptake and
     accumulation.  Proc. NE Weed Sci. Soc. 25:79-82. 
Devlin, R. M., R. W. Yaklich, and S. J. Karczmarczyk.  1972. 
     Influence of mineral deficiencies in Potamogeton pectinatus
     and their influence on naptalam uptake and accumulation.
     Proc. Northeast Weed Sci. Soc. 26:176-179. 
DeVoe, M. R., D. S. Baughman, and J. M. Whetstone.  1986. 
     Integration and interpretation of CWIP results.  pp. 583-601
     in DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman (eds.) 1986.  South
     Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments:  Ecological
     characterization, management, status, and use.  Vol. II: 
     Technical synthesis.  Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2.  South
     Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman, eds. 1986.  South Carolina 
     Coastal Wetland Impoundments:  Ecological characterization,
     management, status, and use.  Vol. III:  Technical appendix. 
     Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-3.  South Carolina Sea Grant
     Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 138 pp.
Diaz, R. A., and E. G. Fernandez.  1989.  Vegetatcion de
     estuarios gallegos.  Marisma de Baldaio (La Coruna). 
     Lazaroa 11:29-35.
Dietert, M. F., and J. P. Shontz.  1978.  Germination ecology of 
     a Maryland population of saltmarsh bulrush (Scirpus
     robustus).  Estuaries 1:164-170.
Dijkema, K. S. (ed.), W. G. Beeftink, J. P. Doody, J. M. Gehu, B.
     Heydemann, and S. R. Martinez.  1984.  Salt marshes in
     Europe.  European Committee for the Conservation of Nature
     and Natural Resources, Strasbourg. 178 pp.
Dineen, C. F.  1953.  An ecological study of a Minnesota pond.  
     Am. Midl. Nat. 50:349-356. 
Dirksen, S.  1982.  The importance of pondweed for Bewicks swans 
     in the Lauwersmeer.  Limosa. 55:30-31 (Dutch).
Dirschl, H. J., and R. T. Coupland.  1972.  Vegetation patterns 
     and site relationships in the Saskatchewan River Delta. 
     Can. J. Bot. 50:647-675. 
Disraeli, D. J., and R. W. Fonda.  1979.  Gradient analysis of 
     the begetation in a brackish marsh in Bellingham Bay,
     Washington.  Can. J. Bot. 57:465-475.
Disrud, D. T.  1968.  Wetland vegetation of the Turtle Mountains 
     of North Dakota.  Ph.D.  Thesis.  ND State Univ., Fargo. 
     197 pp. 
Ditlhogo, M. K. M., R. James, B. R. Laurence, and J. Sutherland. 
     The effects of conservation management of reed beds. I. The
     invertebrates.  J. Appl. Ecol. 29:265-276.
Dix, R. L., and F. E. Smeins.  1967.  The prairie, meadow, and 
     marsh vegetation of Nelson County, North Dakota.  Can. J. 
     Bot. 45:21-58. 
Djebrouni, M., and A. Huon.  1988.  Structure and biomass of a
     Typha stand revealed by multidimensional analysis.  Aquat.
     Bot. 30:331-342.
Dobberteen, R. A., and N. H. Nickerson.  1991.  Use of created 
     cattail (Typha) wetlands in mitigation staategies. Environ.
     Mgmt. 15:797-808.
Dobrowolski, K. A.  1973.  The role of birds in Polish wetland
     ecosystems. Pol. Arch. Hydrobiol. 20:217-221. 
Dobson, H. H.  1964.  Observations of temperature and aquatic
     plants in Lake Wabamun.  Consultant's report to Calgary
     Power Ltd. Calgary, Alberta. (not seen, cited by Haag and
     Gorham 1977). 
Dodd, J. D., and R. T. Coupland.  1966b.  Vegetation of saline 
     areas in Saskatchewan.  Ecology 47:958-968. 
Dodd, J. D., and R. T. Coupland.  1966a.  Osmotic pressures of 
     native plants of saline soil in Saskatchewan.  Can. J. Plant
     Sci. 46:479-485. 
Dodd, J. D., D. A. Rennie, and R. T. Coupland.  1964.  The nature
     and distribution of salts in uncultivated saline soils in
     Saskatchewan. Can. J. Soil Sci. 4:165-175. 
Doherty, M. J., and G. H. La Roi.  1973.  Some effects of
     fluctuating water levels and other water factors on aquatic
     and semi-aquatic vegetation in five water bodies of the
     Peace-Athabasca Delta, Alberta. pp. 202-227. in Proc. of the
     Sym. on the Lakes of Western Can., Nov. 16-17, 1972.  Univ.
     of Alberta, Wat. Resour. Cent., Edmonton.
Dokulil, M.  1973.  Planktonic primary production within the
     Phragmites community of Lake Neusiedlersee (Austria).  Pol.
     Arch. Hydrobiol. 20:175-180. 
Donnelly, J. A.  1968.  Marsh resources investigation: 
     experimental waterfowl food culture.  North Carolina Wild.
     Res. Comm., Pittman-Robertson Rep. W-6-R-27.  2 pp Mimeo.
Dow, D. D., and A. L. Frick.  1987.  Impact of coastal wetland 
     loss and burning on net aboveground primary production at
     Grand Bayou, LA.  Bull. Ecol. Soc. Am. 68:294. abs.
Downing, J. A.  1975.  Hydrophytes, plankton, and water chemistry
     related to recreational development at Lake Metigoshe, North
     Dakota.  M. S. Thesis.  North Dakota State Univ., Fargo.
Dozier, H. L. 1951.  The present status and future of nutria
     in the southeastern states.  Southeastern Assoc.  Game and
     Fish Comm., 5th Ann. Meeting.  Mimeographed. 10 pp. 
Drifmeyer, J. E., and J. C. Zieman.  1979.  Germination
     enhancement and inhibition of Distichlis spicata and Scirpus
     robustus seeds from Virginia.  Estuaries 2:16-21.
Droscoll, R. J.  1986.  Changes in land management in the thurne 
     catchment area, Norfolk, between 1973 and 1983, and their
     effects on the dyke flora and fauna.  Pp. 87-92 in Proc. 7th
     Int. Symp. Aquat. Weeds.  European Weed Res. Soc. and Assoc.
     Appl. Biol.
Dubrowolski, K. A. 1973.  Role of birds in Polish wetland
     ecosystems.  Polskie Archiwum Hydrobiologii 20:217-221.
Dudley, W. R.  l886.  The Ceyuga flora.  Bull.  Cornell Univ. 
     (Sci.) 132 pp. 
Duebbert, H. F.  1969.  The ecology of Malheur Lake.  U.S. Dep.
     Int., Fish Wildl. Serv. Refuge Lflt. 412.  24 pp. 
Duebbert, H. F., J. T. Lokemoen, and D.E. Sharp.  1983. 
     Concentrated nesting of mallards and gadwalls on Miller Lake
     Island, North Dakota. J. Wildl.  Manage. 47:729-740. 
Dugle, J. R., and T. P. Copps.  1972.  Pollen characteristics of
     Manitoba cattails.  Can. Field Nat. 86:33-40. 
Duncan, P., and J. M. D'Herbes.  1982.  The use of domestic
     herbivores in the management of wetlands for waterbirds in
     the Camargue, France.  pp. 51-67 in D. A. Scott ed. 
     Technical meeting on western palearctic migratory bird
     management.  Managing wetlands and their birds.  Int.
     Waterfowl Resear. Bur., Slimbridge (GBR). 
Dunst, R., and S. A. Nichols.  1979.  Macrophyte control in a 
     lake management program.  pp 411-418 in (see card of
     Carpenter 1979).
Duthu, G. S., and R. H. Kilgen.  1975.  Aquarium studies on the
     selectivity of 16 aquatic plants as food by fingering
     hybrids of the cross between Ctenopharyngodon idella and 
     Cyprinus carpic.  J. Fish. Biol. 7:203-208.
Dutta, T. R., and J. N. Gupta.  1976.  Some experiments on
     aquatic weed control in fisheries, lakes and streams in 
     V. P. pp 249-252 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rozoska, eds. 
     Aquatic weeds in SE Asia.  Dr. W. Junk, The Hague.
Dykyjova, D.  1971.  Production, vertical structure and light 
     profiles in littoral stands of reed-bed species. 
     Hidrobiologia (Bucharest) 12:361-376.
Dykyjova, D.  1973.  Specific differences in vertical structures
     and radiation profiles in the helophyte stands. pp. 121-131 
     in Ecosystem study on wetland biome in Czechoslovakia.
     Czechoslovakia IBP/Pt-PP.  Report No. 3. 
Dykyjova, D.  1978.  Nutrient uptake by littoral communities of 
     helophytes. pp. 257-277 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. Pond
     littoral ecosystems.  Structure and functioning.  Springer-
     Verlag, New York. 464 pp.
Dykyjova, D.  1978.  Plant slueth and eshmeter of prediction.  pp
     159-163 in (see Hejhy and Husak 1978).
Dykyjova, D.  1979.  Selective uptake of mineral ions and their
     concentration factors in aquatic higher plants.  Folia
     Geobot.  Phytotax. 14:267-325. 
Dykyjova, D.  1986.  Production ecology of Bulboschoenus
     maritimus L. Palla (Scirpus maritimus L. s.l.).  Folia
     Geobot. Phytotax. 21:27-64. 
Dykyjova, D., and J. Kvet.  1970.  Comparison of biomass 
     production in reedswamp communities growing in South Bohemia
     and South Moravia.  pp. 71-79 in D. Dykyjova ed.
     Productivity of terrestrial ecosystems and production
     processes.  Czechoslovak IBP/PT-PP Rep. No. 1. Praha. 
Dykyjova, D., K. Veber, and K. Priban.  1971.  Productivity and 
     root/shoot ratio of reed swamp species growing in outdoor
     hydroponic cultures.  Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 6:233-254.
Dykyjova, D., P. J. Ondok, and D. Hradecka.  1972.  Growth rate 
     and development of the root\shoot ratio in reed swamp
     macrophytes grown in winter hydorponic cultures.  Folia
     Geobot.  Phytotax. 7:259-268. 
Dykyjova, D., and S. Pribl.  1975.  Energy content in the biomass
     of emergent macrophytes and their ecological efficiency. 
     Arch. Hydrobiol. 75:90-108.
Dykyjova, D., and B. Vlehlova.  1978.  Structure and chemistry of
     fishpond litterals.  pp 141-152 in (see Hejhy and Husak
Ebbinge, B., K Canters, and R. Drent.  1975.  Foraging routines 
     and estimated daily food intake in barnacle geese wintering
     in the northern Netherlands.  Wildfowl 26:5-19.
Edwards, D.  1969.  Some effects of siltation upon aquatic
     macrophyte vegetation in rivers.  Hydrobiol. 34:29-37.
Edwards, R. R. C.  1978.  Ecology of a coastal lagoon complex in
     Mexico. Est. Coast. Mar. Sci. 6:75-92. 
Edwards, R. W., and M. Owens.  1960.  The effects of plants on
     river conditions I. Chalk stream.  J. Ecol. 48:151-160.
Eerden, M. B. van.  1984.  Waterfowl movements in relation to 
     food stocks In R. H. Drent et al. eds. Coastal waders and
     waterfowl in winter. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Ehrlich, S.  1957.  On the importance of raising nutria in fish
     ponds. Bamidgeh, 9:65-69. 
Eilers, H. P. III.  1975.  Plants, plant communities, net
     production and tide levels:  the ecological biography of the
     Nehalem salt marshes, Tillamook County, Oregon.  Ph.D.
     Thesis, Oregon State Univ., Corvallis.  368 pp.
Eisenlohr, W. S., Jr. (and others). 1972.  Hydrologic
     investigations of prairie potholes in North Dakota, 1959-
     1968.  U. S. Geological Survey Prof. Pap. 585-A.
Elakovich, S. D., and J. W. Wooten.  1987.  Use of allelopthy for
     aquatic plant management.  Pp. 97-104 in Proc. 21st. Annu.
     Mtg.  Aquatic Plant Cont. Res. Prog., U.S. Army Eng.,
     Wopanas Exp. Sta., Vicksburg, Miss.
Eleuterius, L. N.  1972.  Submerged plant distribution in
     Mississippi Sound and adjacent waters.  J. Miss.  Acad. 
     Sci. 17:9-14. 
Eleuterius, L. N.  1987.  Seagrass ecology along the coasts of 
     Alabama, Louisiana, and Mississippi.  Fla. Mar. Res. Publ.
Ellis, E. A.  1960.  An annotated list of the fungi.  Pp. 179-182
     in J.A. Steers, ed.  Scott Head Island.  Heffer, Cambridge
     (not seen, cited in Beeftink 1977).
Ellis, L. L.  1955.  Preliminary notes on the correlation between
     alkalinity and the distribution of some free floating and
     submerged aquatic plants.  Ecology 36:763-774. 
Ellis, M. M.  1936.  Erosion silt as a factor in aquatic
     environments. Ecology 17:29-42. 
Eminson, D. F., and B. Moss.  1980.  The composition and ecology 
     of periphyton communities in freshwaters.  I. The influence
     of host type and external environment on community
     composition. Br. Phycol.  J. 15:429-446. 
Engel, S.  1984.  Restructuring littoral zones: a different
     approach to an old problem.  Proc. 3rd Ann. Conf. N. Am.
     Lake Mgnt. Soc., 18-20 October 1983, Knoxville, TN.  pp.
Entz, B. A. G.  1976.  Lake Nasser and Lake Nubia.  Pp. 271-298 
     in J. Rzoska, ed.  The Nile Biology of an acient river.  W.
     Junk, The Hague.
Epperson, W. E.  1972.  Ecological factors affecting turbidity 
     and productivity of prairie ponds.  PhD. Thesis.  Oklahoma
     State Univ. Norman. 76 pp. 
Epstein, M. B., and R. L. Joyner.  1986.  Use of managed and open
     tidal marsh by waterbirds and alligators.  pp. 529-579 in 
     DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman eds. 1986.  South Carolina
     Coastal Wetland Impoundments:  Ecological characterization,
     management, status, and use.  Vol. II:  Technical synthesis. 
     Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2.  South Carolina Sea Grant
     Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
Erickson, R. C.  1948.  Life history and ecology of the
     canvasback, Nyroca valisineria (Wilson) in southeastern
     Oregon.  Ph D. Thesis.  Iowa State College, Ames. 324 pp. 
Essig, E. O.  1948.  The Ruppia balls of Little Borax Lake. 
     Scientific Monthly 66:467-471. 
Euliss, N. H., Jr.  1989.  Assessment of drainwater evaporation 
     ponds of waterfowl habitat in the San Joaquin Valley,
     California.  Ph.D thesis, Oregon State Univ., Corvallis. 
     130 pp.
Euliss, N. H., Jr., and S. W. Harris.  1987.  Feeding ecology of 
     northern pintails and green-winged teal wintering in
     California.  J. Wildl. Manage. 51:724-732.
Euliss, N. H., Jr.  1984.  The feeding ecology of pintail and 
     green-winged teal wintering on Kern National Wildlife
     Refuge.  M.S. Thesis, Humboldt State University, Arcata, CA. 
     188 pp.
Evans, A. S., K. L. Webb, and P. A. Penhale.  1986. 
     Photosynthetic temperature acclimation in two coexisting
     seagrasses, Zostera marina L. and Ruppia maritima L. Aquat. 
     Bot., 24:185-197. 
Evans, C. D., A. S. Hawkins, and W. H. Marshall.  1952. 
     Movements of waterfowl broods in Manitoba.  U.S. Fish and
     Wildl.  Serv. Spec.  Sci. Rep. 16. 47 pp. 
Evans, L. T.  1953.  The ecology of halophytic vegetation at Lake
     Ellesmere, New Zealand.  J. Ecol. 41:106-122. 
Everard, M., and P. Denny.  1985.  Flux of lead in submerged
     plants and its relevance to a freshwater system.  Aquatic
     Bot. 21:181-193. 
Evermann, B. W.  1902.  The feeding habits of the coot and other
     water birds. Osprey I (n.s.) 57-64. 
Ewing, K. 1983.  Environmental controls in Pacific Northwest 
     intertidal marsh plant communities.  Can. J. Bot. 61:1105-
Ewing, K.  1986.  Plant growth and productivity along complex 
     gradients in a Pacific Northwest brackish intertidal marsh.
     Estuaries 9:49-62.
Ewing, K., and K. A. Kershaw.  1986.  Vegetation patterns in 
     James Bay coastal marshes. I. Environmental factors on the
     south coast.  Can. J. Bot. 64:217-226.
Falco, P. K., and F. J. Cali.  1977.  Pregermination requirements
     and establishment techniques for saltmarsh plants.  U. S.
     Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Exp. Stn. Misc. Pap. D-
Farrey, R. A., and T. A. Bookhout.  1982.  Vegetation changes in 
     a Lake Erie marsh (Winous Point, Ottawa County, Ohio) during
     high water years.  Ohio J. Sci. 82:103-107.
Fassett, N. C.  1940.  A manual of aquatic plants.  McGraw-Hill,
     New York. 382 pp. 
Fassett, N. C.  l930.  The plants of some N.E. Wisconsin lakes. 
     Trans. Wis. Acad.  Sci., Arts and Lett. 25:154-168. 
Fassett, N. C., and B. M. Calhoun.  1952.  Introgression between
     Typha latifolia and T. augustifolia.  Evolution 6:367-379. 
Faulkner, S. P., and A. A. de la Cruz.  1982.  Nutrient
     mobilization following winter fires in an irregularly
     flooded marsh.  J. Env. Qual. 11:129-133. 
Feldmann, G. 1959.  Une ustilaginale marine, parasit du Ruppia 
     maritima L. Rev. gen. de Botanique 66:35-40.
Felger, R. S., M. B. Moser, and E. W. Moser.  1979.  Seagrasses 
     in Seri Indian culture.  Pp 260-276 in (R.C. Phillips and C.
     P. McRoy eds.).  Handbook of seagrass biology: an ecosystem
     perspective.  Garland STPM Press, New York. 353 pp. 
Ferguson, Wood, E. J.  1959.  Some east Australian sea-grass
     communities. Proc.  Linn.  Soc. N.S.W. 84:218-226. 
Fernald, M. L. 1900.  The representatives of Scirpus maritimus in
     America.  Rhodora 2:239-241.
Fernald, M. L., and K. M. Wiegand.  1914.  The genus Ruppia in 
     eastern North America.  Rhodora 16:119-128.
Fernald, M. L.  1950.  Gray's manual of botany.  Am. Book Co., 
     New York. 1632 pp. 
Ferrari, C., R. Gerdol, and F. Piccoli.  1985.  The halophilous 
     vegetation of the Po Delta (northern Italy).  Vegetatio
Ferren, W. R. Jr.  1985.  Carpinteria salt marsh.  The Herberium,
     Dept. Biol. Sci.  University of California Santa Barbara
     Publ. 4. 300 pp. 
Ferren, W. R. Jr., and A. E. Schuyler.  1980.  Intertidal
     vascular plants of river systems near Philadelphia.  Proc.
     Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 132:86-120.
Fetter, C. W., W. E. Sloey, and F. L. Spanger.  1978. 
     Biogeochemical studies of a polluted Wisconsin marsh.  J.
     Water Poll. Control Fed. 50:290-307. 
Fiala, K.  1978.  Seasonal development of helophytepolycormones
     and relationship between underground and aboveground organs.
     pp. 174-181 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds.  Pond
     littoral ecosytems.  Structure and functioning. 
     Springer-Verlag.  N.Y. 464 pp. 
Fiala, K., and J. Kvet.  1971.  Dynamic balance between plant
     species in South Moravian reedswamps pp. 241-269 in: E.
     Duffey and A. S. Watt, eds.  The Scientific management of
     animal and plant communities for conservation. Blackwell,
     Oxford.  652 pp.  
Fiala, K., D. Dykyjova, J. Kvet, and J. Svoboda.  1968.  Methods
     of assessing rhizome and root production in reed-bed stands.
     Pp 36-47 in Methods of productivity studies in root systems
     and rhizosphere organisms.  Int. Symp. IBP/USSR 28 Aug.-12
     Sept., Leningrad.
Fiala, K.  1971.  Comparison of seasonal changes in the growth of
     underground organs of Typha latifolia L. and Typha 
     angustifolia L.  Hidrobiologia (Buchar.) 12:235-240.
Filbin, G. J., and J. W. Barko.  1985.  Growth and nutrition of
     submerged macrophytes in a eutrophic Wisconsin impoundment. 
     J. Freshw. Ecol. 3:275-285.
Filice, F. P.  1954.  An ecology survey of the Castro Creek area 
     in San Pablo Bay.  Wasmann J. Biol. 12:1-24.
Finlayson, C. M., J. Roberts, A. J. Chick, and P. J. Sale.  1983.
     The biology of Australian weeds: II.  Typha domingensis and
     Typha orientalis Presl. J. Austral. Inst. Agric. Sci.
Fischer, A.  1907.  Wasserstoff-und hydroxylionen als
     keimungsreize. Ber. Deaut.  Bot. Gesell. 15:108-122 (not
     seen, cited in Isely 1944). 
Fitzgerald, G. P.  1969.  Some factors in the competition or
     antagonism between bacteria, algae and aquatic plants.  J.
     Phycol., 5:351-359. 
Flemer, D. A., D. R. Heinle, C. W. Keefe, D. H. Hamilton, and 
     M. Johnson.  1978. Standing crops of marsh vegetation of two
     tributaries of Chesapeake Bay. Estuaries 1:157-163. 
Fletcher, A. R., A. K. Morison, and D. J. Hume.  1985.  Effects 
     of carp, Cyprinus carpio L., on communities of aquatic
     vegetation and turbidity of waterbodies in the lower
     Goulburn River Basin.  Aust. J. Mar. Freshw. Res.
Floreschutz, O., Jr.,  1959.  Mosquito production and wildlife 
     usage in natural, ditched, and unditched tidal marshes at
     Assawoman Wildlife Area, Delaware.  Proc. N. J. Mosq.
     Exterm. Assoc. 46:103-111.
Flores-Verdugo, F. L., J. W. Day, Jr., L. Mee, and R.
     Briseno-Duenas.  1988.  Phyto[lankton production and
     seasonal biomass variation of seagrass, Ruppia maritima L.,
     in a tropical Mexican lagoon with an ephemeral Inter.
     Estuaries 11:51-56.
Florschutz, O., Jr.  1959.  Mosquito production and wildlife 
     usage in natural, ditched, and unditched tidal marshes at
     Assawoman Wildlife Area, Delaware.  Proc. N. J. Mosquito
     Extermination Assoc. 46:103-111.
Florschutz, O., Jr.  1972.  The importance of Eurasian milfoil 
     (Myriophyllum spicatum) as a waterfowl food.  Proc. Annu.
     Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game and Fish Comm.  26:189-194.
Flowers, M. G.  1973.  Vegetation zonation in two successional
     brackish marshes of the Chesapeake Bay.  Chesapeake Sci.
Flowers, M. G., and J. P. Shontz.  1974.  Germination ecology of 
     Scirpus robustus Pursh. Amer. J. Bot. 61 (5, Suppl.):56.
Flowers, S.  1934.  Vegetation of the Great Salt Lake region. 
     Bot. Gaz. 95:353-418. 
Flowers, S., and F. R. Evans.  1966.  The flora and fauna of the
     Great Salt Lake region, Utah. pp. 367-393 in (H. Boyko ed.) 
     Salinity and aridity.  W. Junk Publishers, Hague. 
Foote, A. L. 1988.  Effects of wave energy on plant establishment
     in shallow lacustrine wetlands.  pp. 115-119 in Restoration,
     creation and management of wetland and riparian ecosystems
     in the American west.  Symp. Rocky Mtn Chapt., Soc. Wetland
     Scientists, Denver, CO. 14-16 Nov.
Foote, A. L., J. A. Kadlec, and B. K. Campbell.  1988.  Insect 
     herbivory on an inland brackish wetland.  Wetlands 8:67-74.
Forbes, R. D. 1972.  A floral description of the Fraser River 
     estuary and Boundary and Mud bays, B. C. Fish Wildl. Branch,
     British Colombia Dep. Recreation Conserv. 94 pp. (not seen,
     cited in Hoos and Packman 1974).
Forsberg, C.  1960.  Subaquatic macrovegetation in Osbysjon,
     Djursholm. Oikos 11:183-199. 
Fowler, M. C.  1977.  Laboratory trials of a new triazine
     herbicide (DPX 3674) on various aquatic species of
     macrophytes and algae.  Weed Resear. 17:191-195. 
Fowler, M. C., and T. O. Robson.  1978.  The effects of food
     preferences and stocking rates of grass carp
     (Ctenopharyngodn idella Val.) on mixed plant communities. 
     Aquat. Bot. 5:261-276.
Frank, P. A,. and R. H. Hodgson.  1964.  A technique for studying
     absorption and translocation in submersed plants.  Weeds
Frank, P. A., R. H. Hodgson, and R. D. Comes.  1963.  Evaluation 
     of herbicides applied to soil for control of aquatic weeds
     in irrigation canals.  Weeds 11:124-128. 
Frank, P. A., N. E. Otto, and T. R. Bartley.  1961.  Techniques 
     for evaluating aquatic weed herbicides.  Weeds 9:515-521. 
Fraser, D., and J. K. Morton.  1983.  Aquatic plants in Lake
     Superior Provincial Park in relation to water chemistry. 
     Can. Field-Nat. 97:181-186. 
Fredrickson, L. H.  1980.  An evaluation of the role of feeding 
     in waterfowl management in southern California.  Final
     report for Office of Migratory Bird Management, U.S. Dept.
     Interior, Washington, D.C.  173 pp.
Frenkel, R. E., and T. R. Boss.  1988.  Introduction,
     establishment and spread of Spartina patens on Cox Island,
     Siuslaw Estuary, Oregon.  Wetlands 8:33-49.
Fuller, D.A., C.E. Sasser, W.B. Johnson, and J.G. Gosselink. 
     1985. The effects of herbivory on vegetation on islands in
     Atchafalaya Bay, Louisiana. Wetlands 4: 105-114.
Fulton, G. W.  1979.  Analysis of wetland vegetation on selected
     areas in southwestern North Dakota.  M.S. Thesis.  ND State 
     Univ., Fargo. 
Fulton, G. W., R. J. Bigler, W. T. Barker, and J. L. Richardson.
     1979.  Soil and plant relationships of selected wetlands on
     the Missouri Coteau. N. D. Acad.  Sci., Proc. 33:63. 
Fulton, G. W., J. L. Richardson, and W. T. Barker.  1986. 
     Wetland soils and vegetation.  North Dakota State
     University, Agric. Exp. Stn. Rep. 106.  16 pp.
Fulton, G. W., W. T. Barker, and A. Bjugstad.  1983.  Rooted 
     aquatic plant revegetation of strip mine impoundments in the
     northern Great Plains.  pp. 113-117 in M. D. Scott, ed.
     Third biennial Plains Aquatic Research Conf.  Inst. Nat.
     Resour., Dept. Earth Sciences, Montana State University,
     Bozeman, and Canadian Plains Research Center, University of
     Regina, Regina, Saskatchewan.
Funaguma, T., Y. Hibino, S. Fukumori, and A. Hara.  1987. 
     Pyrophosphate and ATP-dependent phosphofructokinases in
     pollen of Typha latifoloa.  Agric. Biol. Chem. (Tokyo)
Furniss, O. C.  1938.  The 1937 waterfowl season in the Prince
     Albert District, central Saskatchewan.  Wilson Bull.
Futyma, R. P.  1985.  Paleobotanical studies at Indiana Dunes
     National Lakeshore.  National Park Service, Porter, IN, 
     242  pp. 
Gaevskaya, N. S. (1966; transl. 1969).  The role of higher
     aquatic plants in the nutrition of the animals of freshwater
     basins.   Nauka, Moscow. Nat. Lending Library for Science
     and Technology, Boston, Spa, Yorkshire, England. 
Galinato, M. I., and A. G. van der Valk.  1986.  Seed germination
     traits of annuals and emergents recruited during drawdowns
     in the Delta Marsh, Manitoba, Canada.  Auqatic Bot.
Gallagher, J. L., F. G. Plumley, and P. L. Wolf. (yr?)
     Underground biomass dynamics.... U. S. Corps of Eng. Dredged
     Material  Resear. Prog. Tech. Rep. D-77-28.
Gallop, D. N.  1978.  Lakes of central Alberta with emphasis upon
     Moose Lake.  Verh. int. Ver. Limnol. 20:182-189.
Gangstad, E. O.  1986.  Freshwater vegetation management.  Thomas
     Publ., Fresno, CA.  380 pp. 
Garbisch, E.  1993.  The use of pre-germinated seed in nursery 
     operations.  Wetland J. 5 (2):21.
Garcia, L. V., T. Maranon, A. Moreno, and L. Clemente.  1993.  
     Above-ground biomass and species richness in a Mediterranean
     salt marsh.  J. Veg. Sci. 4:417-424.
Garlick, L. R. 1956.  Method and material in carp control work
     Malheur Federal Wildlife Refuge.  Proc.  Western Assoc. 
     State Game and Fish Commissioners. 36:110-112. 
Garner, K. M.  1962.  Nutritive values and digestibility of some
     wetland wildlife foods in Louisiana.  M.S. Thesis, Louisiana
     State Univ., Baton Rouge.  90 pp.
Garver, E. G., Dubbe, D. R., and Pratt, D. C.  1988.  Seasonal 
     patterns in accumulation and partitioning of biomass and
     macronutrients in Typia spp.  Aquat. Bot., 32:115-127.
Gates, J. M.  1957.  Autumn food habits of the gadwall in
     northern Utah. Utah Acad.  Proc. 34:69-71. 
Gearheart, R. A., B. A. Finney, S. Wilbur, J. Williams, and D. 
     Hull.  1984.  The use of wetland treatment processes in
     water reuse.  pp. 617-638 in Future of water reuse.  Vol. 2. 
     Proc. 3rd Water Reuse Symp., San Diego, CA.  AWWA Research
     Foundation, Denver, CO.
Geddes, M. C., P. DeDeckker, W. D. Williams, D. Morton, and 
     M. Topping.  1981.  On the chemistry and biota of some
     saline lakes in Western Australia.  Hydrobiologia
George, H. A.  1980.  California marsh management studies.  Job 
     Final Report.  Proj. W-30-R-31.  14 pp.
George, H. A., and J. A. Young.  1977.  Germination of alkali 
     bulrush seed. J. Wildl. Manage 41:790-793. 
George, H. A., W. Anderson, and H. McKinnie.  1965.  An
     evaluation of the Suisun Marsh as a waterfowl area.  Calif.
     Dept. of Fish and Game-Administrative Report.  20 p. (not
     seen, cited in Mall 1969)
George, H. A.  1963.  Planting alkali bulrush for waterfowl food. 
     California Dept. Fish Game.  Game Manage. LFIT. No 9.  9 pp.
Gerbeaux, P., and J. Ward.  1986.  The disappearance of
     macrophytes and its importance in the management of shallow
     lakes in New Zealand.  Pp. 119-124 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp.
     Aquat. Weeds.  European Weed Res. Soc. and Assn. Appl. Biol.
Gerloff, G. C., and P. H. Krombholz.  1966.  Tissue analysis as a
     measure of nutrient availability for the growth of
     angiosperm aquatic plants. Limnol.  Oceanogr. 11:529-537.
Getsinger, K. D., G. J. Davis, and M. M. Brinson.  1982.  Changes
     in Myriophyllum spicatum L. community following 2, 4-D 
     treatment.  J. Aquat.  Plant Manage. 20:4-8. 
Getsinger, K. D.  1988.  Development of herbicide application 
     techniques for flowing water.  Pp. 189-194 in Proc. 22nd
     Annu. Mtg., Aguat. Plant Cont. Res. Prog.  U.S. Army Eng.
     Waterways Exp. Sta., Vicksburg, Miss.
Ghosh, A. K. 1971.  Chemical control of Scirpus maritimus L. in 
     lowland rice.  International Rice Research Institute
     Seminar. May 8, 1971. (not seen, cited in Mercado et al.
Gibbs, G. W.  1973.  Cycles of macrophytes and phytoplankton in
     Pukepuke Lagoon following a severe drought.  Proc. N.Z.
     Ecol. Sci., 20:13-20. 
Gidden, C. S.  1965.  A study of the vegetation in the closed 
     area of Apalachee Bay, St. Marks Nat. Wildl. Refuge, St.
     Marks, Florida.  8 pp. 
Gillham, M. E. 1956.  Feeding habits and seasonal movements of 
     mute swans on two South Devon estuaries.  Bird Study 3:205-
Gillham, M. E. 1957.  Vegetation of the Exe Estuary in relation 
     to salinity.  J. Ecol. 45:735-756.
Gillham, M. E. 1957.  Coastal vegetation of Mull and Iona in 
     relation to salinity and soil reaction.  J. Ecol. 45:757-
Gillner, V.  1960.  Vegetations - urd Standortsunter suchungen in
     den Strandwiessen der Schwedischen Westkuste.  Acta
     Phytogeogr.  Suec. 43:1-198.  (not seen, cited in Beeftink,
     1977 and Chapman, 1974).
Gilman, B. A.  1976.  Wetland communities along the eastern
     shoreline of Lake Ontario. MS Thesis, State Univ. of New
     York, College Environ. Sci. Forestry, Syrecruse. 187 pp.
Gilmore, R. G.  1987.  Fish, macrocrustacean, and avian
     population dynamics and cohabitation in tidally influenced
     impounded subtropical wetlands.  Pp. 373-394 in (see
Gilmore, R. G., D. W. Cooke, and C. J. Donohoe.  1982.  A
     comparison of the fish populations and habitat in open and
     closed salt marsh impoundments in eastcentral Florida. 
     Northeast Gulf Science 5:25-37.
Giltz, M. L., and W. C. Myser.  1954.  A preliminary report on an
     experiment to prevent cattail die-off.  Ecol. 35:418.
Gladyshev, A. I., and S. Kogan.  1977.  The dynamics of
     macrophyte and phytoplankton biomass in a floodplain lake of
     the Middle Amu-Dar'ya.  Hydrobiol. J. 13:74-81.
Glasgow, L. L., and J. L. Bardwell.  1962.  Pintail and teal 
     foods in South Louisiana.  Proc. Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game
     Fish Comm. 16:175-184.
Glazener, W. C.  1946.  Food habits of wild geese on the Gulf 
     Coast of Texas.  J. Wildl. Manage. 10:322-329.
Glazner, M.  1958.  First report on the growth of nutria in fish
     ponds and their influence on distruction of coarse
     vegetation.  Bamidgeh, 10:32-35. 
Glooschenko, W. A. 1978.  Above-ground biomass of vascular plants
     in a subarctic James Bay salt marsh.  Can. Field-Nat. 92:30-
Glooschenko, W. A., and I. P. Martini.  1987.  Vegetation of 
     river-influenced coastal marshes of the southwestern end of
     James Bay, Ontario.  Wetlands 7:71-84.
Godfrey, P. J., and M. M. Godfrey.  1974.  The role of overwash 
     and inlet dynamics in the formation of salt marshes on North
     Carolina barrier islands.  Pp. 407-425 in R. J. Reimold and
     W. H. Queen, eds.  Ecology of halophytes.  Acad. Press, New
     York, NY.  605 pp.
Godshalk, G. L., and R. G. Wetzel.  1978.  Decomposition in the
     littoral zone of lakes. pp. 131-143 in: (R. E. Good, D. F.
     Whigham, and R. L. Simpson, eds.)  Freshwater wetlands. 
     Academic Press.  New York. 378 pp. 
Godshalk, G. L., J. W. Barko, and W. F. James.  1987.  Effect of
     submerged aquatic plants on their environment. pp 215-224 in
     (See Bowers et al. 1987.)
Godshalk, G. L., and J. W. Barko.  1988.  Effect of winter
     drawdown on submersed aquatic plants in Eau Galle Reservoir,
     Wisconsin.  pp. 100-111 in Proc. 22nd Ann. Mtg., Aquat.
     Plant Control Resear. Prog., U. S. Army Eng. Waterways Exp.
     Sta., Vicksburg, Miss.  39180-0631.
Goetghebeur, P. and D. A. Simpson.  1991.  Critical notes on 
     Actinoscirpus, Bolboschoenus, Isolepis, Phylloscirpus and
     Amphiscirpus (Cyperaceae).  Kew Bulletin 46:169-178.

Golubic, S.  1961.  Der Vrana-See an der Insel Cres - ein
     Chara-See. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 14:846-849.
Gonzalez Guttierrez, M.  1977.  Observaciones sobre un
     comportamiento atipico de Ruppia maritima L. en una laguna
     costera tropical.  Bol Soc. Bot. Mex., 37:53-68. 
Good, R. E.  1965.  Salt Marsh vegetation at Cape May, New
     Jersey. Bull. N.J. Acad. Sci. 10:1-11. 
Good, R. E., and N. F. Good.  1975.  Vegetation and production of
     the Woodbury Creek Hessian Run freshwater tidal marshes. 
     Bartonia 43:38-45. 
Gopal, B., K. P. Sharma, and R. K. Trivedy.  1978.  Studies on 
     ecology and production of Indian freshwater ecosystems at
     primary producer level with emphasis on macrophytes.  pp.
     349-376 in J. S. Singh and B. Gopal, eds.  Glimpses of
     ecology.  Intern. Sci. Publ., Jaipur.
Gopal, B., and M. Kulshreshtha.  1980.  Role of aquatic
     macrophytes as reservoirs of nutrients and in their
     cyclying.  Int. J. Ecol.  Enviro. Sci. 6:145-152. 
Gordon, D. H., B. T. Gray, R. D. Perry, M. B. Prevost, T. H. 
     Strange, and R. K. Williams.  1989.  South Atlantic coastal
     wetlands.  pp. 57-92 in  L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R.
     M. Kaminski, eds.  Habitat management for migrating and
     wintering waterfowl in North America.  Texas Tech. Univ.
     Press, Lubbock.  560 pp.
Gordon, D .H., B. T. Gray, and R. M. Kaminski.  1987.  A
     preliminary analysis of habitat use by dabbling ducks
     wintering in coastal wetlands of South Carolina. pp 13-25 in
     W. R. Whitman and W.H. Meredith eds.  Waterfowl and
     wetlandssymposium: Proc. Symp. Waterfowl Wetlands Manage. in
     coastal zone of the Atlantic Flyway.  Delaware Coastal
     Manage. Prog., Delaware Dept. Nat. Resour. Environ. Control,
     Dover, Delaware.  522 pp.
Gordon, M. E.  1979.  Effects of an Overwinter Drawdown and 
     Incomplete Refill on Autoroph Distribution and Water
     Cemistry in a Permanent Recreational Pond.  M.S. Thesis,
     Kent State Univ.  172 pp.
Gore, J. F.  1965.  Effects of small salt marsh impoundments upon
     Ruppia and macroinvertebrates.  M.S. Thesis, University of
     Maine, Orono. 111 pp. 
Gough, S. B., and W. J. Woelkerling.  1976.  On the removal and
     quantification of algal aufwichs from macrophyte hosts.
     Hydrobiol. 48:203-207.
Goulder, R.  1969.  Interaction between the rates of production
     of a saltwater macrophyte and phytoplankton in a pond. 
     Oikos 20:300-309. 
Goulder, R., and D. J. Boatman.  1971.  Evidence that nitrogen
     supply influences the distribution of a freshwater
     macrophyte, Ceratophyllum demersum.  J. Ecol. 59:783-791.
Grace, J.B. 1987. The impact of preemption on the zonation of two
     Typha species along lakeshores. Ecological Monographs
 Grace, J. B.  1989.  Effects of water depth on Typha latifolia 
     and Typha domingensis.  Amer. J. Bot. 76:762-768.
Grace, J. B.  1988.  The effects of nutrient additions on
     mixtures of Typhya latifolia L. and Typha domingensis Pers.
     along a water-depth gradient.  Aquat. Bot. 31:83-92.
Grace, J. B.  1987.  The impact of preemption on the zonation of
     two typha species along lakeshores.  Ecol. Monagr.
Grace, J. B.  1985a.  Juvenile vs. adult competitive abilities in
     plants:  size-dependence in cattails (Typha). Ecology
Grace, J. B.  1984.  Effects of Tubificid worms on the
     germination and establishment of Typha.  Ecology
Grace, J. B.  1983.  Autotoxic inhibition of seed germination by
     Typha latifolia:  an evaluation.  Oecologia 59:366-369.
Grace, J. B.  1982a.  Niche differentiation between two
     rhizomatous plant species:  Typha latifolia and Typha
     angustifolia.  Can. J. Bot. 60:46-57.
Grace, J. B.  1982b.  Variation in growth and reproduction within
     populations of two rhizomatous plant species:  Typha
     latifolia and Typha angustifolia.  Oecologia (Berlin)
Grace, J. B., and R. G.  Wetzel. 1981.  Phenothypic and genotypic
     components of growth and reprodution in Typha latifolia:
     experimental studies in marshes of differing successional
     maturity.  Ecology.62:789-801. 
Grace, J. B., and R. G. Wetzel.  1981a.  Habitat partitioning and
     competitive displacement in cattails (Typha): experimental
     field studies.  Am. Nat. 118:463-474. 
Grace, J. B., and R. G. Wetzel.  1981a.  Effects of size and 
     growth rate on vegetative reproduction in Typha.  Oecologia
     (Berlin) 50:158-61.
Grace, J. B., and J. S. Harrison.  1986.  The biology of Canadian
     weeds. 73.  Typha latifolia L., Typha angustifolia L., and
     Typha xglauca Godr. 
Graves, A. H.  1908.  The morphology of Ruppia maritima.  Trans. 
     Conn. Acad.  Arts and Sci. 14:59-170. 
Gray, B. T., D. H. Gordon, and R. M. Kaminski.  1987.  Functional
     attributes of coastal wetlands for waterfowl: perspectives
     for research and management. pp. 205-222 in W. R. Whitman
     and W. H. Meredith eds.  Waterfowl and wetlands symposium:
     Proc. Symp. Waterfowl Wetlands Manage. in coastal zone of
     the Atlantic Flyway.  Delaware Coastal Manage. Prog.,
     Delaware Dep. Nat. Resour. Environ. Control, Dover, Delaware
     522 pp.
Great Plains Flora Association. 1977.  Atlas of the flora of the 
     Great Plains.  Iowa State University Press, Ames. 600 pp.
Great Plains Flora Association. 1986.  Flora of the Great Plains. 
     University Press of Kansas, Lawrence, KS. 1392 pp.
Greger, M., and L. Kautsky.  1991.  Effects of Cu, Pb, and Zn on 
     two Potamogeton species grown under field conditions. 
     Vegetatio 97:173-184.
Grelsson, G., and C. Nilsson.  Vegetation and seed-bank
     relationships on a lakeshore.  Freshwater Biol. 26:199-207.
Greze, I. I.  1953.  Hydrobiology of the lower part of the River
     Angara. Trudy vses. gidrobiol.  Obshch. 5:203-211 (not
Greze, I. I.  1968.  Feeding habits and food requirements of some
     amphipods in the Black Sea.  Mar. Biol. 1:316-321. 
Grigsby, B. H., C. A. Reimer, and W. A. Cutler.  1955. 
     Observations on the control of cattail, Typhya spp., by
     chemical sprays.  Mich. Quart. Bull. 37:400-406.
Grillas, P., P. Garcia-Murillo, O. Geertz-Hansen, N. Marba, C. 
     Montes, C. M. Duarte, L. Tan Ham, and A. Grossmann.  1993. 
     Submerged macrophyte seed bank in a Mediterranean temporary
     marsh: abundance and relationship with established
     vegetation.  Oecologia 94:1-6.
Grillas, P., and P. Duncan.  1986.  On the distribution and
     abundance of submerged macrophytes in temporary marshes in
     the Camargue (S. France). Proc. EWRS/AAB Symp. Aquat. Weeds
Grillas, P.  1988.  Haemonia appendiculata Panzer (Chrysomelidae,
     Donaciinae) and its impact on Potamogeton pectinatus L. and
     Myriophyllum spicatum L. beds in the Camague (France). 
     Aquat. Bot. 31:347-353.
Grime, J. P.  1979.  Plant strategies and vegetative processes. 
     J. Wiley and Sons.  Chichester.  222 pp. 
Grizzell, R. A. Jr., and W. W. Neely.  1962.  Biological controls
     for waterweeds.  Trans N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 27:107-113.
Grontved, J. 1958.  Underwater macrovegetation in shallow coastal
     waters.  J. Cons.  Cons.  Int. Explor.  Mer, 24:32-42.
Gross, M. F., M. A. Hardisky, P. L. Wolf, and V. Klemas.  1993.  
     Relationships among Typha biomass, pore water methane, and
     reflectance in a Delaware (U.S.A.) brackish marsh.  J.
     Coastal Resear. 9:339-355.
Grubb, P. J. 1977.  The maintenance of species-richness in plant 
     communities: the importance of the regeneration niche. 
     Biol. Rev. 52:107-145.
Guenther, Stanley E.  1950.  Nutria.  Game Bull.  (Washington
     State), 2(1). 
Guo, Y-H., and C. D. K. Cook.  1989.  Pollination efficiency of 
     Potamoeton pectinatus L.  Aquat. Bot. 34:381-384.
Gupta, R. K.  1968.  Flora Nainitalensas.  Mawagga traders publ.,
     New Delhi. (not seen, cited by Purohit 1981).
Haag, R. W.  1983.  Emergence of seedlings of aquatic macrophytes
     from lake sediments.  Can. J. Bot. 61:148-156. 
Haag, R. W., and P. R. Gorham.  1977.  Effects of thermal
     effluent on standing crop and net productions of Elodea
     canadensis and other submerged macrophytes in Lake Wabamun. 
     Alberta. J. Appl. Ecol. 14: 835-852. 
Haag, R. W., and L. Noton.  1981a.  Macrophyte and sediment 
     texture survey of Bufflao Lake.  Report to Alberta
     Environment, Planning Division, Edmonton.  36 pp.
___________, and L. Noton.  1981b.  Macrophyte and sediment 
     texture survey of Pigeon Lake.  Report to Alberta
     Environment, Planning Division, Edmonton.
Hackney, C. T., and A. A. de la Cruz.  1982.  The structure and 
     function of brackish marshes in the north central Gulf of
     Mexico:  A ten year case study.  pp 89-107 in B. Gopal et
     al. eds. Wetlands ecology and management.  National
     Institute of Ecology and International Scientific
     Publications.  514 pp.  
Haeck, J., O. van Tongeren, and E. van der Maarel.  1985.
     Phytosociological amplitudes of some Dutch coastal species
     and their ecological interpretation.  Vegetatio 61:77-85.
Hagstrom, J. O.  1916.  Critical researches on the potamogetons.
     Kungl. Svenska Vet. Handl.
Hall, K.J., and I. Yesaki.  1988.  Primary production, detritus 
     flux and nutrient cycling in two bulrush marshes. pp 41-49
     in C. Rubec, ed.  Proc. Symp. '87--Wetlands/Peatlands. 
     International Peat Society, Edmonton, Alberta.
Hall, T. F., W. T. Penfound, and A. D. Hess.  1946.  Water level
     relationships of plants in the Tennessee Valley wity
     particular reference to malaria control.  J. Tenn.  Acad. 
     Sci. 21:18-59. 
Haller, W. T., D. L. Sutton, and W. C. Barlowe.  1974.  Effects 
     of salinity on growth of several aquatic macrophytes. 
     Ecology 55:891-894. 
Hammer, U. T.  1978.  The saline lakes of Saskatchewan. III.  
     Chemical characterization.  Int. Rev. ges. Hydrobiol.
Hammer, U. T.  1981.  A comparative study of primary production 
     and related factors in four saline lakes in Victoria. 
     Australia.  Int. Rev. Hydrobiol. 66:701-743. 
Hammer, U. T., and J. M. Heseltine.  1988.  Aquatic macrophytes 
     in saline lakes of the Canadian prairies.  Hydrobiol.
Hammer, U. T., R. C. Haynes, J. M. Haseltine, and S. M. Swanson.
     1975.  The saline lakes of Saskatchewan.  Verh. Internat. 
     Verein. Limnol. 19:589-598. 
Hancock, H. M.  1953.  Food habits of waterfowl migrating through
     Payne County, Oklahoma.  Okla. Agric. Mech. Coll. Resear.
     Foundation Publ. 50.  36pp. 
Handoo, J. K., and V. Kaul.  1982.  Phytosociological and
     standing crop studies in wetlands of Kashmir.  pp. 187-195
     in B. Gopal, R. E. Turner, R. G. Wetzel, and D. F. Whigham
     eds. Wetlands ecology and management.  Nat. Inst. Ecol. and
     Internat. Sci. Publ. 514 pp.
Handoo, J. K., N. Saraf, and V. Kaul.  1988.  Energy content and 
     ecological efficiency of macrophytes in Dal Lake, Kashmir.
     Arch.  Hydrobiol. 111:351-367.
Hanley, S.  1981.  The effect of glyphosate on Scirpus maritimus. 
     pp. 199-200 in Conference on aquatic weeds and their
     control. Assoc. of Applied Biologists, Christ Church,
     Oxford, England.
Hannan, H. H., and T. C. Dorris.  1970.  Succession of a
     macrophyte community in a constant temperature river. 
     Limnol. Oceanogr. 15:442-453. 
Hanseter, B. H.  1975.  Recovery, productivity, and phosphorus
     content of selected marsh plants after repeated cuttings. 
     M.S. Thesis. Univer. of Wisconsin, Oshkosh.  81 pp.
Harlin, M. M., B. Thorne-Miller.  1981.  Nutrient enrichment of
     seagrass beds in a Rhode Island coastal lagoon.  Mar. Biol.
Harman, W. N., and T. R. Doane.  1970.  Changes in the aquatic 
     flora of Otsego Lake between 1935-1969.  N. Y. Fish and Game
     J. 17:121-123. 
Harms, V. L., and G. F. Ledingham.  1986.  The narrow-leaved
     cattail, Typha angustifolia and the hybrid cattail, T. X
     glauca, newly reported from Saskatchewan.  Can. Field-Nat.
Harper, R. M.  1918.  Some dynamic studies of Long Island
     vegetation. Plant World 21:38-46. 
Harris, B. B., and J. K. G. Silvey.  1948.  Limnological
     investigations on Texas reservoir lakes.  Ecol. Monogr.
Harris, S. W.  1952.  An ecological study of the waterfowl of the
     potholes area, Grant County, Washington.  M.S. Thesis, State
     College of Washington, Pullman.  187 pp. 
Harris, S. W., and W. H. Marshall.  1963.  Ecology of water-level
     manipulations on a northern marsh.  Ecol. 44:331-344.
Harris, V. T., and F. Webert.  1962.  Nutria feeding activity and
     its affect on marsh vegetation in southwestern Louisiana. 
     U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Special Sci. Rep. Wildl. 64. 51 pp.
Harrison, A. D.  1962.  Hydrobiological studies on alkaline and
     acid still water in the Western Cape Province.  Transactions
     of the Royal Society of South Africa, 36, 213-243. 
Harrison, J. W.  1949.  Potamogetons in the Scottish Western
     Isles, with some remarks on the general natural history of
     the species.  Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinburgh, 35:1-25. 
Harrison, P. G.  1982.  Seasonal and year-to-year variations in
     mixed intertidal populations of Zostera japonica Aschers. &
     Graebn. and Ruppia maritima L. s.l.   Aquat. Bot.,
Harshberger, J. W.  1911.  A hydrometric investigation of the
     influence of seawater on the distribution of salt marsh and
     estuarine plants.  Proc. Amer.  Phil.  Soc. 50:457-496.
Hartman, D.  1971.  Observations of the American manatee,
     Trichechus manatus latirostris (Harlan), at Crystal River,
     Citrus County.  Ph.D. Thesis.  Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N.Y.
Hartman, F. E.  1963.  Estuarine wintering habitat for black
     ducks.  J. Wildl. Manage. 27:339-347.
Hartman, W. A., and D. B. Martin.  1985.  Effects of four
     agricultural pesticides on Daphnia pulex, Lemna minor, and
     Potamogeton pectinatus. Bull.  Environ.  Contam.  Toxicol.
Harwood, J. E.  1975.  Aerial multispectral sensing of aquatic
     macrophytes in the Pamlico River Estuary, N.C.  M.A. Thesis,
     East Carolina University, Greenville, N.C.  75 pp. 
Haslam, S. M. 1983.  The management of British wetlands II. 
     Conservation.  J. Environ. Manage. 1:345-361.
Haslam, S. M.  1987.  River plants of western Europe.  Cambridge 
     Univ. Press, Cambridge.  512 pp.
Haslam, S. M.  1986.  Causes of changes in river vegetation 
     giving rise to complaints.  Pp 151-156 in Proc. 7th Int.
     Symp. Aquat Weeds.  European Weed Resear. Soc. and Assn.
     Appl. Biol.
Haslam, S. M.  1978.  River plants: the macrophytic vegetation of
     watercourses.  Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. 396
Haslam, S. M., C. A. Sinker, and P. A. Wolseley.  1975.  British
     water plants.  Field Stud., 4:243-351. 
Hasler, A. D., and E. Jones.  1949.  Demonstration of the
     antagonistic action of large aquatic plants on alage and
     rotifers.  Ecology 30:359-364.
Hayden, A.  1948a.  The status of revegetation of drained lakes 
     in the Ruthven area in the second season of drainage.  Iowa
     State University Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit
     Quarterly Report for the period of January-March, 1948: 4-7.
Hayden, A.  1948b.  Notes on the repopulation of the aquatic 
     flora of the Ruthven area.  Iowa State Univ. Coop. Wildl.
     Res. Unit Quarterly Report for the period of July-September,
     1948: 4-7.
Hayden, A.  1946.  The distribution and ecology of plants in the
     waterfowl breeding areas of Iowa.  Iowa State Univ. Coop. 
     Wildl. Res. Unit Quarterly Report for the period of
     July-September, 1946:  4-11.
Hayden, A.  1939.  Notes on Typha angustifolia L. in Iowa.  Iowa
     State Coll.  Jour.  Sci. 13:341-351. 
Heck, K. L. Jr., and R. J. Orth.  1980.  Structural components of
     eelgrass (Zostera marina) meadows in the lower Chesapeake
     Bay - decapod crustacea. Estuaries 3:289-295. 
Hegrash, A. K., and S. O. Matevienko.  1965.  Algicidal
     properties of aquatic and shore plants of the Kremenchug
     Reservoir with respect to the blue-green algae Microcysis
     pulverea and Anabaena hassalii.  Mikrobiol. Zh. Akad. Nauk.
     UKR RSR 27(2):39-42.  (In Russian.)  Cited from Biol. Abstr.
     (1966) 47:3005 (No. 35596).
Heit, W. S.  1948.  Texas coastal waterfowl concentration areas 
     and their 1947-48 wintering population.  Trans. N. Am.
     Wildl. Conf. 13:323-338.
Heitmeyer, M. E., D. P. Connelly, and R. L. Pederson.  1989.  The
     Central, Imperial, and Coachella valleys of California.  pp.
     475-505 in  L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M. Kaminski,
     eds.  Habitat management for migrating and wintering
     waterfowl in North America.  Texas Tech. Univ. Press,
     Lubbock.  560 pp.
Heitzman, B.  1978.  Management of salt marsh impoundments for 
     waterfowl in North Carolina.  North Carolina Wildl. Res.
     Comm.  35 pp.
Hejny, S., and S. Husak.  1978.  Higher plant communities. pp.
     23-64 in (D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds.) Pond littoral
     ecosystems.  Springer-Verlag, New York.  464 pp.
Hejny, S. (ed.) 1973.  Ecosystem study on wetland biome in
     Czechoslovakia.  Czechosl. IBP/PT-PP Rep. No. 3.
Hejny, S.  1978.  Management aspects of fishpond drainage. pp.
     399-403 in: (D.  Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds.)  Pond littoral
     ecosystems. Structure and functioning.  Springer-Verlag. 
     New York. 464 pp.
Hejny, S.  1971.  The dynamic characteristics of littoral
     vegetation with respect to changes of water level. 
     Hydrobiologia Bucor. 12:71-86.
Hejny, S.  1960.  Okologische charakteristik der Wasser und
     Sumpfpflanzen in der Slowakischen Tiefebenen (Donau und
     Theissgebiet).  Bratislava. 
Hellier, T. R.  1962.  Fish production and biomass studies in
     relation to photosynthesis in the Laguna Madre of Texas. 
     Publications of the Institue of Marine Sci., Univ. of Texas
Hellings, S. E., and J. L. Gallagher.  1992.  The effects of 
     salinity and flooding on Phragmites australis.  J. Appl.
     Ecol. 29:41-49.
Hellquist, C. B.  1980.  Correlation of alkalinity and the
     distribution of Potamogeton in New England.  Rhodora
Hellquist, C. B.  1975.  Correlation of selected dissolved
     substances and the distribution of Potamogeton in New
     England.  Ph.D.  Thesis, Univ. of New Hampshire, Durham,
     N. H. 269 pp. 
Henry, C. J.  1939.  Response of wildlife to management practices
     on the Lower Souris Migratory Waterfowl Refuge.  Trans. N.
     Am. Wildl. Conf. 4:372-377.
Hertzman, T.  1986.  Restoration of Lake Hornborga - results from
     development of methods for wetland management.  Proc.
     EWRS/AAB 7th Symp. on Aquatic Weeds.
Hess, T.J. Jr. 1975. An evaluation of methods for managing stands
     of Scirpus olneyi. M.S. Thesis. Louisiana State University,
     Baton Rouge. 98 pp.
Hesser, E. F., R. W. Lowry, and E. O. Gangstad.  1972.  Aquatic
     plant problems in the Walla Walla District.  Hyacinth
     Control J. 11:9-13. 
Hestand, R. S., and Carter, C. C.  1978.  Comparative effects of 
     grass carp and selected herbicides on macrophyte and
     phytoplankton communities.  J. Aquat. Plant Manage.
Hettiarachchi, P. L., and L. Triest.  1986.  Isoenzyme
     polmorphism of Potamegeton pectinatus L.  Pp. 163-168 in
     Proc. 7th Int. Symp. Aquat. Weeds.  European Weed Ses. Soc.
     and Assn. Appl. Biol.
Higginson, F. R.  1965.  The distribution of submersed aquatic
     onsiosperms in the Tuggerah Lake system.  Proc. Linnean Soc.
     New South Wales 90:328-334. 
Higginson, F. R.  1967.  The ecology of submerged aquatic
     angiosperms in the Tuggerah Lakes System of New South Wales.
     Ph.D. Thesis, Univ., New South Wales. 
Hik, D.S. and R.L. Jefferies. 1990. Increases in the net above-
     ground primary production of a salt-marsh forage grass: A
     test of the herbivore-optimization model. Journal of Ecology
     78: 180-195.
Hildebrand, S. F., and L. E. Cable.  1938.  Further notes on the
     development and life history of some teleosts at Beaufort,
     N.C.  Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish. 48 (1940):505-642. 
Hiltibran, R. C.  1964.  Ecological shifts in Illinois farm 
     ponds.  Proc. 4th Ann. Aquatic Weed Control Soc. Meeting
Hill, B. H.  1979.  Uptake and release of nutrients by aquatic
     macrophytes. Aquatic Bot. 7:87-93. 
Hill, B. J., J. Blaber, and R. E. Blott.  1975.  The limology of
     Lagoa Poelela.  Trans. R. Soc. So. Africa 41:263-272.
Hindman, L. J., and V. D. Stotts.  1989.  Chesapeake Bay and 
     North Carolina sounds.  pp. 27-55 in  L. M. Smith, R. L.
     Pederson, and R. M. Kaminski, eds.  Habitat management for
     migrating and wintering waterfowl in North America.  Texas
     Tech. Univ. Press, Lubbock.  560 pp.
Hinneri, S.  1976.  On the ecology and phenotypic plasticity of
     vascular hydrophytes in a sulphate-rich, acidotrophic 
     freshwater reservoir, SW coast of Finland.  Ann. Bot. Fenn.
Ho, Y. B.  1979.  Inorganic mineral nutrient level studies on
     Potamogeton pectinatus L. and Enteromorpha prolifera in
     Forfar Loch, Scotland. Hydrobiologia 62:7-15. 
Hoag, J. C., and M. E. Sellers.  1994.  Use of greenhouse
     propagated wetland plants versus live transplants to
     vegetate constructed or created wetlands.  p. 43 in Soc.
     Wetland Scientists 15th Annual Meeting. (abstr). 
Hobaugh, W. C. 1984.  Habitat use by snow geese wintering in 
     southwest Texas.  J. Wildl. Manage.  48:1085-1096.
Hobaugh, W. C. 1985.  Body condition and nutrition of snow geese 
     wintering in southeastern Texas.  J. Wildl. Manage. 49:1028-
Hochbaum, H. A.  1944.  The canvasback on a prairie marsh.  The
     American Wildlife Institute, Washington, D.C. 201 pp. 
Hocutt, G. E., and R. W. Dimmick.  1971.  Summer food habits of
     juvenile wood ducks in East Tennessee.  J. Wildl. Manage.
Hodgson, R. H.  1966.  Growth and carbohydrate status of sago
     pondweed. Weeds 14:263-268. 
Hodgson, R. H., and N. E. Otto.  1963.  Pondweed growth and 
     response to herbicides under controlled light and
     temperature.  Weeds 11:232-237. 
Hoffman, L.  1958.  An ecological sketch of the Camargue.  Brit.
     Birds 51:321-350. 
Hoffpauer, C. M.  1961.  Methods of measuring and determining the
     effects of marsh fires.  Proc. 15th Annu. Conf. SE Assoc.
     Game Fish Comm.
Hoffpauer, C. M.  1968.  Burning for coastal marsh management.  
     pp. 134-139 in J. D. Newsom, ed.  Proc. Marsh and Estuary
     Management Symposium.  Louisiana State University, Baton
Hogenbirk, J. C., and R. W. Wein.  1991.  Fire and drought
     experiments in northern wetlands: a climate change analogue. 
     Can. J. Bot. 69:1991-1997.
Hogetsu, K., Y. Okanishi, and H. Sugawara.  1960.  Studies on the
     antagonistic relationship between phytoplankton and rooted
     aquatic plants.  Japan J. Limnol. 21:124-130. 
Hogeweg, P., and A. L. Brenkert.  1969.  Affinities between 
     growth forms in aquatic vegetation.  Trop.  Ecol.
Hogg, E. H., and R. W. Wein.  1987.  Growth dynamics of floating
     typha mats: seasonal translocation and internal deposition
     of organic material.  Oikos 50:197-205.
Holmes, N. T. H., and B. A. Whitton.  1977.  Macrophyte
     vegetation of the River Swale Yorkshire.  Freshwater
     Biology. 7:545-558. 
Holmes, R. W.  1972.  The chemistry and biology of an artificial
     eutrophic salt pond.  Trans.  Amer.  Micros.  Soc. 91:80-81.
Hooper, N. M., and G. G. C. Robinson.  1976.  Primary prediction 
     of epiphytic alsae in a marsh pond.  Can. J. Bot.
Hooper-Reid, N. M., and G. G. C. Robinson.  1978a. Seasonal 
     dynamics of epiphytic algal growth in a marsh pond:
     Productivity, standing crop, and community composition. 
     Can. J. Bot. 56:2434-2440. 
Hooper-Reid, N. M., and G. G. C. Robinson.  1978b. Seasonal 
     dynamics of epiphytic algal growth in a marsh pond:
     Composition, metabolism, and nutrient availability.  Can. J.
     Bot. 56:2441-2448. 
Hoos, L. M., and G. A. Packman.  1974.  The Fraser River estuary. 
     Status of environmental knowlege to 1974.  Environment
     Canada Spec. Estuary Ser. No. 1.
Hoos, L. M., and G. L. Vold.  1975.  The Squamish River estuary. 
     Status of environmental knowlege to 1975.  Environment
     Canada Special Estuary Ser. No. 2.
Hootsmans, M. J. M. 1991.  A growth analysis model for
     Potamogeton pectinatus L. pp. 263-310 in M. J. M. Hootsmans
     and J. E. Vermaat eds. Macrophytes, a key to understanding
     changes caused by eutrophication in shallow freshwater
     ecosystems. IHE Report Series 21, Delft, The Netherlands.
     (see card for other articles in book).
Hopkinson, C.S., J. G. Gosselink, and R. T. Parrando.  1978.  
     Aboveground production of seven marsh plant species in
     coastal Louisiana.  Ecology 59:760-769.
Hothem, R. L., and H. M. Ohlendorf.  1989.  Contaminants in foods
     of aquatic birds at Kesterson Reservoir, California, 1985. 
     Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 18:773-786.
Howard-Williams, C.  1978.  The growth and reproduction of
     aquatic macrophytes in a south temperate saline lake.  Verh.
     Internat. Verein. Limnol. 20:1153-1158. 
Howard-Williams, C., and B. R. Davies.  1979.  The rates of dry
     matter and nutrient loss from decomposing.  Potamogeton
     pectinatus in a brackish south-temperate coastal lake. 
     Freshwater Biol. 9:13-21. 
Howard-Williams, C.  1981.  Studies on the availability of a
     Potamogeton pectinatus community to remove dissolved
     nitrogen and phosphorus compounds from lake water.  J. Appl.
     Ecol. 18:619-637. 
Howard-Williams, C., and B. R. Allanson.  1981.  Phosphorus 
     cycling in a dense Potamogeton pectinatus L. bed.  Oecologia
Howard-Williams, C., and M. R. M.  Liptrot.  1980.  Submerged
     macrophyte communities in a brackish South-African
     estuarine-lake system.  Aquat. Bot. 9:101-116. 
Howard-Williams, C., B. R. Davies, and R. H. M. Cross.  1978.  
     The influence of periphyton on the surface structure of a   
     Potamogeton pectinatus L. leaf (an hypothesis).  Aquat. Bot.
Howell, P. T. 1984.  Use of salt marshes by meadow voles.
     Estuaries 7:165-170.
Huber, R. F.  1952.  Autumn availability of some waterfowl food
     plants in southern Michigan.  M.S. Thesis. Univ. of
     Michigan, Ann. Arbor. 59 pp.
Hudec, K.  Density and breeding of birds in the reedswamps of
     Southern Moravian ponds.  Acta Sci. Nat. (Brno) 6, 1-41
Huebert, D. B., and P. R. Gorham.  1983.  Biphasic mineral
     nutrition of the submerged aquatic macrophyte Potamogeton
     pectinatus L. Aquat.  Bot., 16:269-284. 
Hughes, R. H.  1957.  Response of cane to burning in North
     Carolina coastal plain.  N. C. Agric. Exp. Stn. Bull. 402.
     24 pp.
Hulbert, S. H., W. Loayza, and T. Moreno.  1986. 
     Fish-flamingo-plankton interactions in the Peruvian Andes. 
     Limnol.  Oceanogr. 31:457-468. 
Hulten, E.  1968.  Flora of Alaska and neighboring territories. 
     Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, CA. 1008 pp. 
Hulten, E.  1964.  The circumpolar plants. I.  Almqvist and 
     Wiksell, Stockholm.  275 pp.
Hulten, E.  1968.  Flora of Alaska and neighboring territories.  
     Stanford University Press, Stanford, Calif.  1,008 pp.
Humm, H. J.  1956.  Sea grasses of the northern Gulf Coast, Bull.
     Mar. Sci. Gulf and Carib., 6:305-308. 
Hunt, G. S.  1963.  Wild celery in the lower Detroit River.  
     Ecol. 4:360-370. 
Huntsman, A. G.  1922.  The Quill Lakes of Saskatchewan and their
     fishery possibilities.  Biol. Board Canada, Contributors to
     Canada Biology n.s.i: 127-141.
Hurther, H. U.  1979.  Nahrungsokologie des Blasshuhns Fulica 
     atra an den Uberwinterungagewassern im nordlichen
     Alpenvorland.  Ornithol. Beob. 76:257-288.
Husak, S.  1973.  Destructive control of stands of Phragmites
     communis and Typha angustifolia and its effects on shoot
     production followed for three seasons. pp. 89-91 in: (J. 
     Kvet ed.)  Littoral of the Nesyt Fishponds.  Ecological
     Studies.  Studdie CS AV 15, Academia.  Praha,
     Czechoslovakia.  172 pp. 
Husak, S., and S. Hejny.  1978a.  General characteristics of the 
     Trebon Basin and Lednice region.  pp. 13-22 in D. Dykyjova
     and J. Kvet eds.  Pond littoral    ecosystems.  Structure
     and functioning.  Springer-Verlag. New York. 464 pp.
Husak, S., and S. Hejny.  1978b.  Higher plant communities. pp.
     23-64 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds.  Pond littoral
     ecosystems.  Structure and functioning.  Springer-Verlag. 
     New York. 464 pp. 
Husak, S.  1978.  Control of reed and reed mace stands by
     cutting. pp 404-408 in (see Hejny and Husak 1978).
Husband, B. C.  1985.  An autoecological study of Ruppia
     occidentalis S. Wats. in three lakes of different
     salinities.  M.S. Thesis, University of Alberta, Edmonton. 
     112 p.
Husband, B. C., and M. Hickman.  1985.  Growth and biomass
     allocations of Ruppia occidentalis in three lakes differing
     in salinity.  Can. J. Bot. 63:2004-2014. 
Husband, B. C., and M. Hickman.  1989.  The frequency and local 
     abundance of Ruppia occidentalis in relation to sediment
     texture and lake salinty.  Can. J. Bot. 67:2444-2449.
Huston, M. 1979.  A general hypothesis of species diversity.  Am.
     Nat. 113:81-101.
Hutchinson, G. E.  1957.  A treatise on limnology.  Vol. I. 
     Geography, physics, and chemistry.  John Wiley and Sons, New
     York.  1015 pp. 
Hutchinson, G. E.  1975.  A treatise on limnology.  Vol. III:
     Limnological botany.  John Wiley and Sons, New York. 660 pp.
Hutchinson, G. E., Picford, G. E., and Schuurman, J. F. M.  1932. 
     A contribution to the hydrobiology of pans and other inland
     waters of South Africa.  Arch. Hydrobiol. 24:1-136.
Hutchinson, I. 1986.  Primary production functions of wetlands in
     the Pacific Northwest.  pp. 73-91 in R. Strickland ed.
     Wetland functions, rehabilitation, and creation in the
     Pacific Northwest.  Proceedings of a Conference, 30 April-2
     May, 1986. Port Townsend, WA.  Washington State Dept. of
     Ecology, Olympia, WA. 183 pp.
Hutchinson, I.  1982.  Vegetation-enviroment relations in a
     brackish marsh, Lulu Island, Richmond, B.C.  Can. J. Bot.
Hutchinson, I. 1988.  The biogeography of the coastal wetlands of
     the Puget Trough: deltaic form, environment, and marsh
     community structure.  J. Biogr. 15:729-745.
Hutchinson, J.  1959.  Families of flowering plants.  Macmillan,
     N.Y. 792 pp. 
Hyer, R. R.  1963.  A classification of intertidal habitats in 
     Maine.  M.S. thesis, Univ. of Maine, Orono.  120 pp.
Hynes, H. B. N.  1970.  The Ecology of Running Waters.  Univ. 
     Toronto Press. 555 pp. 
Illinois Department of Conservation.  1981.  Aquatic weeds: 
     their identification and methods of control. 
     Fish. Bull. No. 4. 51 pp.
Irwin, W. H., and James H. Stevenson.  l951.  Physiochemical 
     nature of clay turbidity with special reference to
     clarification and productivity of impounded water.  Bull. 
     Okla.  Agr. &  Mech.  Coll.  Arts & Sci. Studies, Biol Ser.
     No. 4, Vol. 48, No. 14. 
Isely, D.  1944.  A study of conditions that effect the
     germination of Scirpus seeds.  Cornell University Agr. Expt.
     Sta. Mem. 257:1-27. 
Iversen, J.  1929.  Studien uber die pH-Verhaltnisse danischer
     Gewasser und ihren Einfluss auf die Hydrophyten-Vegetation. 
     Bot. Tidskr. 40:277-326. 
Jackson, H. O., and W. G. Starrett.  1959.  Turbidity and
     sedimentation at Lake Chautaqua, Illinois.  J. Wildl. 
     Manage. 23:157-168. 
Jackson, M. L.  1960.  Soil chemical analysis.  Prentice-Hall,
     Engelwood Cliffs, New York. 498 pp. 
Jackson, S. T.  1985.  Plant macrofossil stratigraphy of Miller
     Woods interdunal pond 51, Indiana Dunes National Lakeshore. 
     National Park Service, Porter, IN, 8 pp. 
Jacobs, S. W. L., and M. A. Brock.  1982.  A revision of the 
     genus Ruppia (Potamogetonaceae) in Autralia.  Aquat.  Bot.
Jacobson, H. A., and G. L. Jacobson, R.  1989.  Variability of 
     vegetation in tidal marshes of Maine, U. S. A.  Can. J. Bot.
Jagels, R., and A. Barnabas.  1989.  Variation in leaf
     ultrastructure of Ruppia maritima L. along a salinity
     gradient.  Aquat. Bot. 33:207-221.
Jagels, R.  1983.  Further evidence for osmoregulation in
     epidermal leaf cells in seagrasses.  Am. J. Bot. 70:327-333.
Jahn, L. R., and J. B. Moyle.  1964.  Plants on parade.  Pages 
     293-304 in J. P. Linduska, ed. Waterfowl Tomorrow.  U.S.
     Dept. of the Int., Washington, D.C.
Jana, S., and M. A. Choudhuri.  1979.  Photosynthetic,
     photorespiratory and respiratory behavior of three submerged
     aquatic angiosperms. Aquatic Bot. 7:13-19. 
Jana, S., and M. A. Choudhuri.  1981.  Glycolate metabolism of
     three submersed aquatic angiosperms: effect of heavy metals.
     Aquatic Bot. 11:67-77. 
Jana, S., and M. A. Choudhuri.  1982a.  Glycolate metabolism of
     three submerged aquatic angiosperms during aging.  Aquatic
     Botany 12:345-354. 
Jana, S., and M. A. Choudhuri.  1982b.  Ethylene production and
     senescence in submerged aquatic angiosperms.  Aquatic Bot.
Jana, S., and M. A. Choudhuri.  1986.  Effects of antioxidants on
     senescence and Hill activity in three submerged aquatic
     plants.  Aquat. Bot., 27:203-206. 
Janauer, G. A.  1981.  Eutrophication and the related zonation of
     submerged macrophytee in the Fischa River (lower Austria)
     Verh Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. 120:33-98 (In German & English
Janiya, J. D., and K. Moody.  1984.  Use of azolla to suppress 
     weeds in transplanted rice.  Trop. Pest Manage. 30:1-6.
Jarvis, R. L., and J. H. Noyes.  1986.  Foods of canvasbacks and
     redheads in Nevada: paired males and ducklings.  J. Wildl. 
     Manage. 50:199-203. 
Jarvis, R. L., P. L. Sharp, and K. A. Dzinbol.  1985.  Unpubl.  
     Rep. Aquatic vegetation, macroinvertebrates and their
     relationship to feeding ecology of largemouth bass,
     canvasback and redhead ducks at Ruby Lake, Nev. Dept.  Fish 
     & Wildl., Ore. State Univ., Corvallis. 
Jaworski, E., C. N. Raphael, P. J. Mansfield, and B. B.
     Williamson.  1979.  Impact of Great Lakes water level
     fluctuations on coastal wetlands.  Project No. B-045-Mich.
     Inst. Water Research, Michigan State Univ., East Lansing. 
     351 pp.
Jaworski, E., and C. N. Raphael.  1976.  Modification of coastal
     wetlands in southeastern Michigan and management
     alternatives.  Mich. Academician 8:303-317. 
Jefferies, R. L. 1977.  Growth response of coastal halophytes to 
     inorganic nitrogen.  J. Ecol. 65:847-865.
Jefferies, R. L., and N. Perkins.  1977.  The effect on the 
     vegetation of the additions of inorganic nutrients to salt
     marsh soils at Skiffey, Norfolk.  J. Ecol. 65:867-882.
Jefferson, C. A.  1974.  Plant communities and succession in 
     Oregon coastal salt marshes.  Ph.D Thesis.  Oregon State
     University, Corvallis.  192 pp.
Jeffries, H. P.  1972.  Fatty-acid ecology of a tidal marsh. 
     Limnology and Oceanography 17(3):433-440. 
Jeglum, J. K.  1971.  Plant indicators of pH and water level in
     peatlands at Candle Lake, Saskatchewan. Can. J. Bot. 
Jemison, E. S.  1961.  A waterfowl food study in Lakes "3" and
     "14" on Rockefeller Refuge, Grand Chanier, Louisiana.  M.S.
     Thesis, LA State Univ., Baton Rouge.  35 pp. 
Jemison, E. S., and R. H. Chabreck.  1962.  The availabilty of
     waterfowl foods in coastal marsh impoundments in Louisiana. 
     Trans.  N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 27:288-300. 
Jenkin, P. M.  l936.  Reports on the Percy Sladen Expedition to
     some Rift Valley lakes in Kenya in l929-VII.  Survey of the
     ecological results with special reference to the alkaline
     lakes.  Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 10, 18:133-181. 
Jensen, A. 1985.  The effect of cattle and sheep grazing on salt 
     marsh vegetation at Skallingen, Denmark.  Vegetatio 60:37-
Jensen, G. H.  1940.  The relation of some physical and chemical 
     factors of the soil to the productivity and dist ribution of
     certain waterfowl food plants at the Bear River Migratory
     Waterfowl Refuge.  M.S. Thesis, Utah State University,
     Logan. 30 pp. 
Jepsen, P. U. 1970.  Vegetationsaendringer i Hjarbaek Fjord i 
     perioden 1967-1969.  Flora og Fauna 76:99-108.
Jepson, W. L.  1905.  Where ducks dine.  Sunset Magazine. 
Jerling, L. 1983.  Composition and viability of the seed bank 
     along a successional gradient on a Baltic sea shore meadow. 
     Holarctic Ecol.  6:150-156.
Jerling, L., and A. Lindhe.  l977.  Vegetationens zoning pa
     mjukbottnar vid Asko, Trosa skargard.  Zonation of
     soft-bottom vegetation at Asko, C Sweden.  Svensk
     Bot.Tidskr. 70:303-307. 
Jervis, R. A.  1969.  Primary production in the freshwater marsh
     ecosytem of Troy Meadows, New Jersey.  Bull.  Torrey Bot.
     Club. 96:209-231. 
Jessen, R. L., and J. H. Kuehn.  1960.  When carp are eliminated.
     (Minn.) Cons.  Volunteer. 23(134):46-50. 
Jessen, R., and R. Lound.  1962.  An evaluation of a survey
     technique for submerged aquatic plants.  Game Invest. Rep.
     6, Minnesota Dept. Cons., St. Paul, Minn.  10 pp. 
Jewell, W. J.  1971.  Aquatic weed decay: dissolved oxygen
     utilization and nitrogen and phosphorus regeneration.  J.
     Wat. Pollut. Control Fed. 43:1457-1467. 
Jimbo, T., M. Takamatsu, and H. Kuraishi.  1955.  Notes on the
     aquatic vegetation of Lake Towada.  Ecol.  Rev. 14:1-9.
Joanen, J. T.  1964.  A study of the factors that influence the
     establishment of natural and artificial stands of
     wigeongrass, Ruppia maritima, on Rockefeller Refuge, Cameron
     Perish, Louisiana.  M.S. Thesis, Louisiana State Univ.,
     Baton Rouge. 86 pp. 
Joanen, T., and L. L. Glasgow.  1966.  Factors influencing the
     establishment of wigeongrass stands in Louisiana.  Proc. 
     Southeastern Assoc.  Game and Fish Commissioners 19:78-92.
Joenje, W. 1985. The significance of waterfowl grazing in the 
     primary vegetation succession on embanked sandflats.
     Vegetatio 62: 399-406.
Johannessen, C. L.  1961a.  Some recent changes in the Oregon 
     Coast:  Shoreline and vegetation changes in estuaries. pp.
     100-138 in R.S.K. Barnes and J. Green, eds.  Some recent
     physical changes of the Oregon coast.  University of Oregon,
     Dept. of Geogr. Rept. of Investigetions.  (not seen, cited
     in Jefferson, 1974).
Johannessen, C. L.  1961b.  Shoreline and vegetation changes of 
     the estuaries. in S. N. Dicken, ed.  Some recent physical
     changes of the Oregon coast.  Dept. of Geogr., University of
     Oregon, Eugene.  Final Rep. for Office of Naval Res. Proj.
     NR 388-062. 151 pp.
Johnson, D. S., and H. H. York.  1915.  The relation of plants to
     tide levels.  Carnegie Inst. of Washington Publ. 206. 
     162  pp. 
Johnson, F., and H. M. Raup.  1947.  Grassy Island.  Pap. Peabody
     Fdn. Archeol. 1:3-68.
Johnson, J. R., and K. T. Bird.  1995.  The effects of the
     herbicide atrazine on Ruppia maritima L. growing in
     autotrophic versus heterotrophic cultures.  Botanica Marina
Johnson, M.  1970.  Preliminary report on species composition,
     chemical composition, biomass, and production of marsh
     vegetation in the upper Patuxent Estuary, Maryland. 
     Chesapeake Biological Laboratory, Solomons, Md. Ref. No.
Johnson, R. B., Jr.  1974.  Ecological changes associated with 
     the industrialization of Cedar Bayou and Trinity BAy, Texas.
     Texas Parks Wildl. Dep. Tech. Ser. No. 16.  79 pp.
Johnson, T.  1633. (very much enlarged edition of Gerards, J. 
     1597 herball or general historie of plants).  Adams Filit
     Joice Norton and R. Whitakers.  London. (folio). 
Johnson, W. C., T. L. Sharik, R. A. Mayes, and E. P. Smith.  
     1985.  Nature and cause of zonation discreteness around
     glacial prairie marshes.  Can. J. Bot. 65:1622-1632.
Jones, C., and D. R. Cullimore.  1973.  Influence of
     macronutrients on the relative growth of water plants in the
     Qu'Appelle Lakes. Environ. Pollut. 4:283-290. 
Jones, J. C.  1940.  Food habits of the American coot with notes
     on distribution.  U.S. Dep. Int. Bur. Biol. Surv. Wildl.
     Resear. Bull. 2.  52 pp. 
Jones, T. L.  1975.  Species composition, distribution and
     abundance of macrozooplankton in the intake and discharge
     areas after construction and operation of the Cedar Bayou
     Electric Power Station.  M.S. Thesis. Texas A & M Univ.,
     College Station.  217 pp. 
Jones, W. L., and W. C. Lehman.  1987.  Phragmites control and 
     revegetation following aerial applications of glyphosate in
     Delaware.  pp. 185-196 in  W. R. Whitman and W. H. Meredith,
     eds.  Waterfowl and wetlands symposium:  Proceedings of a
     Symposium on Waterfowl Wetlands Management in Coastal Zone
     of the Atlantic Flyway.  Delaware Coastal Management
     Program, Delaware Department of Natural Resources
     Environmental Control, Dover.
Jordan, J. S., and F. C. Bellrose.  1951.  Lead poisoning in wild
     waterfowl.  Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. Biol. Notes No. 26.
Jordon, T. E., Whighan, D. F., and Correll, D. L.  1990.  Effects
     of nutrient and litter manipulations on the narrow-leaved
     cattail, Typa angustifolia L.  Aquat. Bot. 36:179-191.
Josselyn, M.  1983.  The ecology of San Francisco Bay tidal
     marshes: a community profile.  U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv. 
     FWS/OBS-83/23.  102 pp. 
Juday, C., and E. A. Birge.  1933.  The transparency, the color 
     and specific conductance of the lake waters of northeastern
     Wisconsin. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. 28:205-259. 
Junca, H. A., E. A. Epps, and L. L. Glasgow.  1962.  A
     quantitative study of the nutrient content of food removed
     from the crops of wild mallards in Louisiana.  Trans. N. Am.
     Wildl. and Nat. Resour. Conf. 27:114-121.

Junk, W., Dr., Publishers, Dordrecht.  1986.  The species
     composition, occurrence and temporal stability of submerged
     aquatic macrophyte patches along the main channel border of
     Pool 5A, Upper Mississippi River.  Printed in the
     Netherlands.  Hydrobiol. 136:77-84.
Jupp, B. P., and D. H. N. Spence.  1977b.  Limitations of
     macrophytes in a eutrophic lakes, Loch Leven.  II. Wave
     action, sediments and waterfowl grazing.  Journal of Ecology
Jupp, B. P., and D. H. N. Spence.  1977a.  Limitations on
     macrophytes in a eutrophic lake, Loch Leven.  I. Effects of
     phytoplankton.  J. Ecol. 65:175-186. 
Jupp, B. P., D. H. N. Spence, and R. H. Britton.  l974.  The
     distribution and production of submersed macrophytes in Loch
     Leven, Kinross.  Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb.  B, 74:195-208.
Kadlec, J. A.  1962.  Effects of a drawdown on a waterfowl
     impoundment. Ecology 43:267-281. 
Kadlec, J. A.  1982.  Mechanisms affecting salinity of Great Salt
     Lake marshes.  Am. Midl.  Nat. 107:82-94. 
Kadlec, J. A.  1986.  Effects of flooding on dissolved and
     suspended nutrients in small diked marshes.  Can. J. Fish.
     Aquat. Sci. 43:1999-2008. 
Kadlec, J., and W. A. Wentz.  1974.  State-of-the-art survey and
     evaluation of marsh plant establishment techniques:  induced
     and natural.  Vol. 1.  Report of Research.  U.S. Army Corps
     of Engineers. Contract Rep. D-74-9.  231 pp.
Kadlec, J. A., and L. M. Smith.  1984.  Marsh plant establishment
     on newly flooded salt flats.  Wildl. Soc. Bull. 12:388-394.
Kadlec, J. A., and L. M. Smith.  1989.  The Great Basin marshes. 
     pp. 451-474 in  L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M.
     Kaminski, eds.  Habitat management for migrating and
     wintering waterfowl in North America.  Texas Tech.
     University Press, Lubbock.  560 pp.
Kadono, Y.  1982.  Distribution and habitat of Japanese
     potamogeton. Bot. Mag. Tokyo 95:63-76. 
Kalkman, L., and R. J. VanWijk.  1984.  On the variation in
     chromosome number in Potamogeton pectinatus L.  Aquatic Bot.
Kaminski, R. H., and H. H. Prince.  1981.  Dabbling duck and 
     aquatic macroinvertebrate responses to manipulated wetland
     habitat.  J. Wildl. Manage. 44:1-15.
Kaminski, R. M., H. R. Murkin, and C. E. Smith.  1985.  Control 
     of cattail and bulrush by cutting and flooding.  pp 253-262
     in (H. Prince and F. M. D'Itri eds.).  Coastal wetlands.
     Lewis Publ., Chelsa, MI.
Kantrud, H. A.  1986.  Effects of vegetation manipulation on
     breeding waterfowl in prairie wetlands...a literature
     review.  U.S. Fish and Wildl.  Serv., Fish and Wildl.  Tech.
     Rep. 3. 
Kantrud, H. A.  1986.  Western Stump Lake, a major canvasback
     staging area in eastern North Dakota.  Prairie Nat.
Kantrud, H. A., G. L. Krapu, and G. A. Swanson.  1989.  Prairie 
     basin wetlands of the Dakotas: A community profile.  U.S.
     Fish. Wildl. Serv. Biol. Rep. 85)7.28). 116 pp.
Kantrud, H. A., A. G. van der Valk, and J. B. Millar.  1988. 
     Vegetation of prairie wetlands. pp. 132-187 in (A. G. van
     der Valk, ed.)  Northern prairie wetlands. Iowa State
     University Press, Ames. 400 pp.  
Karagatzides, J. D., and I. Hutchinson.  1991.  Intraspecific 
     comparisons of biomass dynamics in Scirpus americanus and
     Scirpus maritimus on the Fraser River delta.  J. Ecol.
Kartesz, J. T., and R. Kartesz.  1980.  A synonymized checklist 
     of the vascular flora of the United States, Canada, and
     Greenland.  Vol. II. The biota of North America.  Univ. of
     North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill. 498 pp. 
Katanskaya, V. M.  1986.  Ash content of macrophytes in lakes of 
     western Siberia.  Hydrobiol. J. 22:60-63.
Kaul, R. B. 1992.  Distribution, habitats, and taxonomy of Ruppia
     maritima L. and R. occidentalis S. Watson in Nebraska. 
     Trans. Nebraska Acad. Sci. 19:67-74.
Kaul, R. B. 1993.  Meristic and organogenetic variation in Ruppia
     occidentalis and R. maritima.  Int. J. Plant Sci. 154:416-
Kaul, V., and D. P. Zutshi.  1967.  A study of aquatic and
     marshland vegetation of Srinagar.  Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci.
     India. 33:111-127. 
Kaul, V. 1977.  Limnological survey of Kashmir lakes.  Int J.
     Ecol. Environ. Sci. 3: 29-44.
Kaul, V., C. L. Trisal, and J. K. Handoo.  1978.  Distribution 
     and production of macrophytes in some water bodies of
     Kashmir.  pp. 313-334 in J. S. Sirgh and B. Gopal, eds. 
     Glimpes of Ecology. International Scientific Publications,
     Jaipur, India.
Kaumeyer, K., W. R. Boynton, L. Lubbers, K. Staver, S. Bunker,
     W. M. Kemp, and J. C. Means.  1981.  Metabolism and biomass
     of submerged macrophyte communities in Northern Chesapeake
     Bay. Pp. 353-400 in (W. M. Kemp, J. C. Stevenson, W. R.
     Boynton, J. C. Means, eds.) submerged aquatic vegetation in
     Chesapeake Bay: Its ecological role in bay ecosystems and
     factors leading to its decline.  Horn Point Environ. Lab.,
     Univ. of Maryland, Cambridge (not seen). 
Kaushik, D. K.  1963.  The influence of salinity on the growth 
     and reproduction of marsh plants.  Ph.D.  Diss.  Utah State
     Univ., Logan. 123 pp. 
Kautsky, L.  1987.  Life-cycles of three populations of
     Potamogeton pectinatus L. at different degrees of wave
     exposure in the Asko area, northern Baltic proper.  Aquat.
     Bot. 27:177-186. 
Keddy, C. J.  1987.  Reproduction of annual eelgrass: variation
     among habitats and comparison with perennial eelgrass
     (Zostera marina L.). Aquat. Bot. 27:243-256. 
Keddy, P. A.  1984.  Plant zonation on lakeshores in Nova Scotia: 
     a test of the resource specialization hypothesis.  J. Ecol.
Keddy, P. A.  1985.  Wave disturbance on lakeshores and the 
     within-lake distribution of Ontario's Atlantic coastal plain
     Flora.  Can. J. Bot. 63:656-660.
Keefe, C. W.  l972.  Marsh production: A summary of the
     literature. Contrib. in Mar. Sci. 16:163-181. 
Keith, L. B.  1958.  Some effects of increasing soil salinity on 
     plant communities.  Can. J. Bot.  36:79-89.
Keith, L. B. 1961.  A study of waterfowl ecology on small
     impoundments in southeastern Alberta.  Wildl. Monogr. 6.
Keith, L. B., and R. P. Stanislawski.  1960.  Stomach contents 
     and weights of some flightless adult pintails.  J. Wildl.
     Manage. 24:95-96.
Kelley, B. J., and R. D. Porcher.  1986.  Macrophyte
     productivity.  Chapter 7 in M. R. Devoe and D. S. Baughman
     eds. South Carolina coastal wetland impoundments: Ecological
     characterization, management, status and use. Vol. 2:
     Technical synthesis.  South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium
     Publ. SC-SG-TR-86-2.  Charleston.
Kelly, L. M., and A. H. Ehlmann.  1980.  Impact of encrusting
     carbonates on manganese, zinc and copper concentrations of
     two vascular hydophytes from Texas.  Hydrobiologia
Kemp, W. M., W. R. Boynton, J. C. Stevenson, and J. Means. Eds.
     1981. submerged aquatic vegetation in Chesapeake Bay:  Its
     ecological role in bay ecosystems and factors leading to its
     decline.  Final Grant Report to U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Chesapeake Bay Program, Annapolis,MD. 
Kennedy, K. A. 1982.  Plant communities and their standing crops 
     on estuaries of the east coast of Vancouver Island.  M. S.
     Thesis, University of British Columbia.  412 pp.
Keough, J. R.  1986.  The Mink River-a freshwater estuary.  
     Trans. Wisc. Acad. Sci., Arts Lett. 74:1-11.
Kerekes, J., and J. R. Nursall.  1966.  Eutrophication and
     Senescena in a group of prairie-parkland lakes in Alberta,
     Canada.  Verb. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 16:65-73.
Kerwin, J. A. 1971.  Distribution of the fiddler crab (Uca minax)
     in relation to marsh plants within a Virginia estuary. 
     Chesapeake Sci. 12:180-183.
Kerwin, J. A., R. E. Munro, and W. W. A. Peterson.  1976. 
     Distribution and abundance of aquatic vegetation in the
     upper Chesapeake Bay, 1971-1974, P. 393-400 in J. Davis,
     coord.  The effects of tropical storm Agnes on the
     Chesapeake Bay estuarine system.  Chesapeake Research
     Consortium Publ. No. 54, the Johns Hopkins Univ. Press,
     Baltimore, Md.  639 pp. 
Kerwin, J. A., and L. G. Webb.  1972.  Fods of ducks wintering in
     coastal South Carolina, 1965-1967.  Proc. Annu. Conf. SE
     Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 25:223-245.
Kerwin, J. A., and R. A. Pedigo.  1971.  Synecology of a Virginia
     salt marsh.  Chesapeake Sci. 12:125-130.
Keskitalo, J., and Ilus, E.  1987.  Aquatic macrophytes outside 
     the Olkiluoto nuclear power station, west coast of Finland.
     - Ann. Bot. Fennici 24:1-21.  Helsinki. ISSN 0003-3847.
Khattab, A. F., and Z. El-Charably.  1986.  Management of aquatic
     weeds in irrigation systems with special reference to the
     problem in Egypth.  Pp. 199-206 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp.
     Aquatic. Weeds.  Eurpoean Weed Res. Soc. and Assn. Appl.
Kibby, H. V., J. L. Gallagher, and W. D. Sanville.  1980.  Field 
     guide to evaluate net primary production of wetlands. EPA-
     600/8-80-037.  U.S. Environmental Research Laboratory,
     Corvallis, OR. (not seen, cited in Hall and Yesaki 1988).
Kikuchi, E., T. Suzuki, S. Takeda, J. H. Kim, K. J. Cho, and Y. 
     Kurihara.  1989.  Biological survey on the brackish tidal
     flats of Sinoeri (Namyang) and the Nagdong river estuary,
     Korea.  Bull. Mar. Biol. Stn. Asamushi, Tohoku Univ. 18:109-
Kim, C. S.  1971.  An ecological study on the process of plant
     community formation in tidal land.  Korean J. Bot. 14:27-33.
Kim, K. U., and S. K. De Datta.  1974.  An approach to eradicate 
     Scirpus maritimus in flooded rice.  Phillipine Weed Sci.
     Bull. 1:51-54.
Kimble, R. B.  1958.  A food habit study of ducks in Cameron
     Parish, Louisiana following the hurricane of June, 1957. 
     M.S. Thesis, Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge.  70 pp. 
Kimble, R. B., and A. Ensminger. 1959.  Duck food habits in 
     southwestern Louisiana marshes following a hurricane.  J.
     Wildl. Manage. 23:453-455.
King, D. R.  1965.  The effect of carp on aquatic vegetation at 
     the Erie Marsh, Monroe County, Michigan.  M.S. Thesis, Univ.
     of Michigan, Ann Arbor 126 pp.
King, D. R., and G. S. Hunt.  1967.  Effect of carp on vegetation

     in a Lake Erie marsh.  J. Wildl.  Manage. 31:181-188. 
Kiorboe, T.  1980.  Production of Ruppia cirrhosa in mixed beds 
     in Ringkobing Fjord (Denmark).  Aquat.  Bot. 9:135-143.
Kirby, R.E., S.J. Lewis, and T.N. Sexson. 1988. Fire in North 
     American Wetland Ecosystems and fire-wildlife relations: an
     annotated bibliography. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
     Biological Report 88(1),. 146 pp.
Klavestad, N.  l957.  An ecological study of the vegetation in
     Hunnebunnen, an old oyster poll in south-eastern Norway. 
     Nytt Mag. Botanikk 5:63-100. 
Klokov, V. M., and L. N. Zimbalevskaya.  1974.  Productivity of
     higher aquatic vegetation and total amount of phytophilous
     invertebrates in Kiliyskaya Delta of the Danube.  J.
     Hydrobiol. 10:60-62. 
Klopatek, J. M., and F. W. Stearns.  1978.  Primary productivity 
     of emergent macrophytes in a Wisconsin freshwater marsh
     ecosystem.  Am. Midl.  Nat. 100:320-332. 
Kneib, R. T. 1984.  Patterns of invertebrate distribution and 
     abundance in the intertidal salt marsh: Causes and
     questions.  Estuaries 7:392-412.
Knighton, M. D.  1982.  Vegetation dynamics in wildlife water
     impoundments of North central Minnesota.  Ph.D.  Diss. 
     Univ.  Minn. 196 pp. 
Knuth, P. 1899.  Handbuch der blutenbiologie. II. Leipzig. (not 
     seen, cited in Leerveld et al. 1981).
Koch, E. W., and V. Seeliger.  1988.  Germination ecology of two 
     Ruppia maritima L. populations in southern Brazil.  Aquat.
     Bot. 31:321-327.
Koch, E. W., and M. J. Durako.  1991.  In vitro studies of the 
     submerged angiosperm Ruppia maritima: auxin and cytokinin
     effects on plant growth and development.  Mar. Biol. 110:1-
Kohler, A., and G. H. Zeltner.  1981.  Der Eirfluss von Be- und 
     Entlastung auf die vegetation von Fliessgewassern.  Daten
     und Dokuments zum Umweltschutz Sonderreihe Vmverttagung. 
     Univ. Hohenheim 31, 127-139.  (not see, cited in Haslem
Kohler, A., Vollrath, H., Deisl, E.  1971.  The distribution, the
     phytosociological composition and the ecology of the
     vascular macrophytes in the Moosach River system near
     Munich.  Arch. Hydrobiol. 69:333-365
Kohlmeyer, J. and E. Kohlmeyer. 1979.  Marine mycology.  The 
     higher fungi.  Academic Press, New York.
Kollar, S. A., Jr.  1985.  SAV reestablishment results - upper 
     Chesapeake Bay.  Pp. 759-777 in Coastal Zone '85: Proc. 4th
     Symp. on Coastal and Ocean Manage. Am. Soc. Civil Eng.
Kollman, A. L.  1974.  Ecology of sago pondweed (Pontamogeton
     pectinatus L.) communities.  M.S. Thesis, Univ. North
     Dakota, Grand Forks. 104 pp. 
Kollman, A. L., and M. K. Wali.  1976.  Intraseasonal variations 
     in environmental and productivity relations of Potamogeton
     pectinatus communities.  Arch.  Hydrobiol.  Suppl.
Komarkova, J., and S. Pribil.  1973.  Chemical and physical 
     properties of pelagial and littoral water in Opatovicky
     fishpond. pp. 15-27 in S. Hejny, ed.  Ecosystem study on
     wetland biome in Czechoslovakia.  Czechoslovakia IBP/PT-PP. 
     Report No. 3.  Trebon.
Komarkova, J., and P. Marvan.  1978.  Primary production and 
     functioning of algae in the fishpond littoral.  pp. 321-334
     in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds.  Pond littoral ecosystems. 
     Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag.  New York. 464
Konis, E.  1947.  On germination inhibitors.  VI. The inhibiting
     action of leaf saps on germination and growth.  Pal. Jour. 
     Bot. Jerus.  Ser. IV. 
Korelyakova, I. L. 1971.  Distribution and productivity of the 
     communities of Phragmites communis Trin. in Dnieper
     reservoirs.  Hidrobiologia (Bucharest) 12:149-154.
Korinkova, J.  1971.  Quantitative relations between submerged
     macrophytes and populations of invertebrates in a carp pond.
     Hidrobiologia (Burchar.) 12:377-382. 
Kornas, J., E. Pancer, and B. Brvzinski.  1960.  Studies of
     sea-bottom vegetation in the Bay of Gdansk off Rewa.  Fragm.
     Flor.  Geobot. 6:1-91. 
Korschgen, C. E., L. S. George, and W. L. Green.  1988.  Feeding 
     ecology of canvasbacks staging on Pool 7 of the Upper
     Mississippi River.  Pp. 237-249 in M. W. Weller, ed.,
     Waterfowl in winter.  Univ. of Minn. press, Minneapolis. 
     624 pp.
Kortright, F. H.  1953.  The ducks, geese and swans of North
     America. Stackpole Co. and Wildlife Management Institute. 
     476 pp. 
Kowalczewski, A.  1975.  Periphtton primary production in the 
     zone of submerged vegetation of Mikolajskie Lake.  Ekol.
     Pol. 23:509-543. 
Kowalczewski, A., and T. Ozimek.  1993.  Further long-term
     changes in the submerged macrophyte vegetation of the
     eutrophic Lake Mikolajskie (North Poland).  Aquatic Botany
Koyama, T. 1958.  Taxonomic study of the genus Scirpus Linne.  J.
     Fac. Sci. Univ. Tokyo.  Section III Botany 7:271-366.
Koyama, T. 1962.  The genus Scirpus Linn.  Some North American 
     aphylloid species.  Can. J. Bot.  40:913-937.
Krahulec, F., J. Leps, and O. Rauch.  1980.  Vegetation of the 
     Rozkos Reservoir near Ceska Skalice (East Bohemia) I. The
     vegetation development during the first five years after its
     filling.  Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 15:321-362.
Krahulec, F., J. Leps, and O. Rauch.  1984.  Vegetation of the 
     Rozkos Reservoir near Ceska Skalice II. The formation and
     differentiation of communities of flooded soils (Agropyro-
     umicion crispi).  Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 19:227-255.
Krahulec, F., J. Leps, and O. Rauch.  1987.  Vegetation
     succession on a new lowland reservoir. Arch.  Hydrobiol.
     Beih. 27:83-93.
Kramer, G. W. 1976.  Winter ecology of black brant at San Quintin
     Bay, Baja California, Mexico.  M. S. Thesis, Humboldt State
     Univ., Arcata, Calif.  79 pp.
Kramer, G. W., and N. H. Euliss.  1986.  Winter foods of black-
     bellied whistling ducks in northwestern Mexico.  J. Wildl.
     Manage. 50:413-416.
Krapu, G. L., and H. F. Duebbert.  1974.  A biological survey of
     Kraft Slough.  Prairie Nat. 6:33-55. 
Krattinger, K.  1975.  Genetic mobility in Typha.  Aquat.  Bot.,
Krattinger, K.  1983.  Estimation of size and number of
     individual plants within populations of Typha latifolia L.
     using isoelectro focusing (IEF). Aquat.  Bot. 15:241-247. 
Krausch, H. D.  l976.  Die Makrophyten der mittleren Saale und 
     ihre Biomasse.  Limnologica (Berlin) 10:57-72. 
Krecker, F. H.  1939.  A comparative study of the animal
     populations of certain submerged aquatic plants.  Ecol.
Krisch, H.  1985.  Biomasseproduction und edaphische verhaltnesse
     von Bolboschoenus maritimus-bestanden des Greifswalder
     Boddens.  Limnologica (Berlin) 16:277-295.
Krisch, H.  1986.  Die jahreszeitliche ertwicklung zweier
     Bolboschoenus-bestande am Greifswalder Bodden.  Folia
     Geobot. Phytotax. 21:263-276.
Kruger, L., and G. O. Kirst.  1991.  Field studies on the ecology
     of Bolboschoenus maritimus (L.) Palla (Scirpus maritimus L.
     s.l.).  Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 26:277-286.
Krull, J. N.  1970.  Aquatic plant-macroinvertebrate associations
     and waterfowl.  J. Wildl.  Manage. 34:707-717. 
Krushi, B. O., and R. W. Wein.  1988.  Experimental studies on 
     the resiliency of floating Typha mats in a freshwater marsh. 
     J. Ecol. 76:60.
Kubichek, W. F.  1933.  Report on the foods of five of our most
     important game ducks.  Iowa State Coll.  J. Sci. 8:107-126.
Kuflikowski, T.  1977.  Macrophytes of the dam reservoir at 
     Goezalkowice.  Acta. Hydrobiol. 19:145-155.
Kulberg, R. K.  1974.  Distribution of aquatic macrophytes
     related to paper mill effluents in a southern Michigan
     stream.  Am. Midl.  Nat. 91:271-281. 
Kulshreshtha, M., and B. Gopal. 1981.  Observations on nutrient
     removal by freshwater macrophytes under different habitat
     conditions.  Int. rev. ges. Hydrobiol.
Kulshreshtha, M., and B. Gopal.  1980.  Primary production, 
     decomposition, and nutrient dynamics of some submerged
     macrophytes.  Int. Wetland Conf., New Delhi, India, 10-17
     Sept. 1980. (Abstr.) (not seen, cited in Purohit (1981)).
Kunii, H. 1991.  Aquatic macrophyte composition in relation to 
     environmental factors of irrigation ponds around Lake
     Shinji, Shimane, Japan.  Vegetatio 97:137-148.
Kurimo, U.  1970.  Effect of pollution on the aquatic macroflora
     of the Varkus area, Finnish Lake District.  Ann Bot. Fenn.
Kvet, J., and K. Hudec.  1971.  Effects of grazing by grey-lag 
     geese on reedswamp plant communities.  Hidrobiologia 12:351-
Kvet, J., and J. P. Ondok.  1973.  Zonation of higher-plant shoot
     biomass in the littoral of the Opatovicky fishpond.  pp. 87-
     91 in S. Hejny ed. Ecosystem study on wetland biome in
     Czechoslovakia.  Czechosl. IBP/PT-PP Rep. No. 3.
Kvet, J., and S. Husak.  1978.  Primary data on biomass and
     production estimates in typical stands of fishpond littoral
     plant communities. pp. 211-216 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet
     eds.  Pond littoral ecosystems. Structure and functioning. 
     Springer-Verlag.  New York.  464 pp. 
Kvet, J.  1978.  Growth analysis of fishpond littoral
     communities. pp. 198-206 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. 
     Pond littoral ecosystems. Structure and functioning.
     Springer-Verlag.  New York.  464 pp. 
Lachavanne, J. B.  1979.  Les macrophytes du lac de Bienne. 
     Scheiz.  Z. Hydrol. 41:356-373.  (English Summary) 
Laing, H. E.  1940.  Respiration of the leaves of Nuphar advenum
     and Typha latifolia.  Am. J. Bot. 27:583-586. 
Lamoureux, J. P., and R. Zarnovican.  1974.  The vegetation in
     Tintamarre Marsh.  Can Wildl. Serv. Rep., Valley Field,
     Quebec.  64 pp. (unpubl.) (not seen, cited in Whitman 1976).
Landers, J. L., A. S. Johnson, P. H. Morgan, and W. P. Baldwin. 
     1976.  Duck foods in managed tidal impoundments in South
     Carolina.  J. Wildl. Manage. 40:721-728. 
Langbein, W. B.  1961.  Salinity and hydrology of closed lakes. 
     U.S. Geol.  Surv.  Prof.  Pap. 412. 20 pp. 
Langeland, K.  1981.  Bulrush-Scirpus spp.  Aquatics 3:4-15.
Lapirov, A. G., and L. V. Petukhova.  1985.  The rhythm of
     development of fennel-leaved pondweed in the Uglitch
     reservoir.  Biol. vnutr. vod., Inform. Bull. 66:10-13 (in
     Russian) (not seen, cited by Prejs (1987)).
Larrick, W. D. Jr., and R. H. Chabreck.  1978.  Effects of weirs 
     on aquatic vegetation along the Louisiana Coast.  Proc. Ann.
     Conf. SE Assoc. Fish Wildl. Agencies 30:581-589. 
Larson, G. E., and J. H. Martin.  1972.  Distribution of the 
     members of the genus Ruppia in the state of Nebraska.  Proc. 
     Nebr. Acad. Sci. 82:60. 
Latham, P. J., L. G. Pearlstine, and W. M. Kitchens.  1994.  
     Species association changes across a gradient of freshwater,
     oligohaline, and mesohaline tidal marshes along the lower
     Savannah River.  Wetlands 14:174-183.
Lathwell, D. J., H. F. Mulligan, and D. R. Bouldin.  1969.  
     Chemical properties, physical properties, and plant growth
     in 20 artificial wildlife marshes.  New York Fish and Game
     Journal 16:158-183. 
Laurie, E. M. O.  1946.  The coypu (Myocastor coypus) in Great
     Britian.  J. Anim.  Ecol. 15:22-34. 
Lawrence, J. M.  1962.  Aquatic herbicide data.  U.S. Dept.  
     Agric. Agriculture Handbook 231. 133 pp. 
Lay, D. W., and T. O'Neil.  1942.  Muskrats on the Texas coast.  
     J. Wildl. Manage. 6:301-311.
Lebret, T. 1965.  The prospects for wild geese in the
     Netherlands.  Annu. Rep. Wildfowl Trust 16:85-91.
Lee, C. R., T. C. Sturgis, and M. C. Landin.  1976.  A hydroponic
     study of heavy metal uptake by selected marsh plant species. 
     U. S. Army Engineer Waterways Exp. Sta., Tech. Rep. D-76-5.
Lenka, M., K. K. Panda, and B. B. Panda.  1992.  Monitoring and 
     assessment of mercury pollution in the vicinity of a
     chloralkali plant IV.  Bioconcentration of mercury in in
     situ aquatic and terrestrial plants at Ganjam, India.  Arch.
     Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 22:195-202.
Les, D. H., and D. J. Sheridan.  1990.  Biochemical heterophylly 
     and flavoroid evolution in North American Potamogeton
     (Potamogetonaceae).  Am. J. Bot. 77:453-465.
Leslie, A. J., Nall, L. E., and Van Dyke, J. M.  1983.  Effects 
     of vegetation control by grass carp on selected water
     quality variables in four Florida lakes.  Trans. Am. Fish.
     Soc. 112:777-787.

Leah, R. T., B. Moss, and D. E. Forrest.  l978.  Experiments with
     large enclosures in fertile, shallow brackish lake, Hickling
     Broad, Norfolk, United Kingdom.  Internationale Revue der
     gesamten Hydrobiologic, 63, 291-310. 
Lebret, T.  1965.  The prospects for wild geese in the
     Netherlands.  Ann. Rept. Wildfowl Trust 16:85-91.
Leck, M. A., and K. J. Graveline.  1979.  The seed bank of a
     freshwater tidal marsh.  Am. J. Bot. 66:1006-1015. 
Leerveld, H. 1984.  Anthecological relations between reputedly 
     anemophilous flowers and syrphid flies.  VI.  Aspects of the
     anthecology of Cyperaceae and Sparganium erectum L. Acta
     Bot. Neerl. 33:475-482.
Leerveld, H, A. D. J. Meeuse, and P. Stelleman.  1981. 
     Anthecological relations between reputedly anemophilous
     flowers and syrphid flies. IV. A note on the anthecology of
     Scirpus maritimus L. Acta. Bot. Neerl. 30:465-473.
Lein, T. E., J. Rueness, and O. Wiik.  1974.  Algologiske
     observationer i Iddefjorden og singlefjorden.  Blyttia
LeMay, M., and G. Mulamoottil.  1980.  A limnologica survey of
     eight waterfront marshes.  Urban Ecology 5:55-67.
Levitt, J.  1980.  Response of plants to environmental stresses. 
     Vol. 2.  Water, radiation, salt and other stresses. 
     Academic Press, New York. (not seen, cited in Kruger and
     Kirst 1991).
Lewis, R. R. III.  1990.  Creation and restoration of coastal 
     plain wetlands in Florida. pp 73-123 in J.A. Kusler and M.
     E. Kentula eds. Wetland creation and restoration.  The
     status of the science.  Inland Press, Washington, D.C.  594
Lewis, W. N., and C. Peters. 1955.  Physico-chemical
     characteristics of ponds in the Pyatt, DeSoto, Elkville
     strip mined areas of southern Illinois.  Transactions of
     American Fisheries Society 84:117-124. 
Lieffers, V. J.  1981.  Environment and ecology of Scirpus
     maritimus var. paludosus in saline wetlands of the Canadian
     prairies.  Ph.D. Thesis, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg. 
     167 pp. 
Lieffers, V. J.  1983.  Growth of Typha latifolia in boreal 
     forest habitats, as measured by double sampling.  Aquat. 
     Bot. 15:335-348. 
Lieffers, V. J.  1984.  Emergent plant communities of oxbow lakes
     in northeastern Alberta: Salinity, water level fluctuation,
     and succession. Canadian Journal of Botany 62:310-316. 
Lieffers, V. J., and J. M. Shay.  1982b.  Distribution and
     variation in growth of Scirpus maritimus var. paludosus on
     the Canadian prairies. Canadian Journal of Botany
Lieffers, V. J., and J. M. Shay.  1982a.  Seasonal growth and 
     standing crop of Scirpus maritimus var. paludosus in
     Saskatchewan.  Canadian Journal of Botany. 60:117-125. 
Lieffers, V. J., and J. M. Shay.  1983.  Ephemeral saline lakes 
     on the Canadian prairies: Their classification and
     management for emergent macrophyte growth.  Hydrobiologia
Lieffers, V. J., and J. M. Shay.  1981.  The effects of water 
     levels on the growth and reproduction of Scirpus maritimus
     var. paludosus.  Can. J. Bot. 59:118-121. 
Lind, C. T., and G. Cottam.  1969.  The submerged aquatics of
     University Bay: a study of eutrophication.  Am. Midl.  Nat.
Lind, O. T.  1979.  Handbook of common methods in limnology, 2nd
     ed.  The C.V. Mosby Co., St. Louis. 199 pp.
Linde, A. F.  1965.  Experimental wetland habitat management: 
     Phase I- Observations concerning the 1962 and 1963 draw-down
     effects on Horicon Marsh. Wisconsin Conserv. Dept.  Wetland
     Game and Range Job. No.III-B.  4 pp.(mimeo). 
Linde, A. F.  1969.  Techniques for wetland management. 
     Wisconsin Dept. Nat. Resear. Rpt. 45.  156 pp. 
Linde, A., T. Janisch, and D. Smith.  1976.  Cattail: the
     significance of its growth, phenelogy and carbohydrate
     storage to its control and management.  Wisc.  Dept.  Nat.
     Resour.  Tech.  Bull.  No. 94. 27 pp. 
Lindner, A.  1978.  Soziologisch-okologische Untersuchungen an 
     der submersen Vegetation in der Boddenkette sudlich des
     Darss und des Zingst (sudliche Ostsee).  Limnologica
     (Berlin) 11:229-305
Lindstrom, H. V., and W. M. Sandstrom.  1938.  III. The nature of
     carbohydrates of species of Elodea, Myriophyllum,
     Ceratophyllum, Ruppia and Ranunculus.  Nutritive value and
     chemical composition of certain fresh-water plants of
     Minnesota.  Minnesota Agr. Expt. Station Tech. Bull.
Linn, J. G., E. J. Staba, R. D. Goodrich, and J. C. Meiske.  
     1972.  Composition and digestibility of aquatic plants.  J.
     Anim. Sci. 35:1114. 
Linn, J. G., R. D. Goodrich, D. E. Otterby, J. C. Meiske, and E. 
     J. Staba.  1975.  Nutritive value of dried or ensiled
     aquatic plants.  II. Disgestibility by sheep.  J. Anim. 
     Sci. 41:610-615. 
Linnaeus, C.  1937.  Generum plantarum.. Conradum Wishoff,
     Lugduni Batavorum [Leiden].  380 pp. 
Linnaeus, C.  1953.  Species plantarum.. Laurentii Salvii,
     Holmiae [Stockholm].  2 vols. 1200 pp. 
Linscombe, G., N. Kinler, and V. Wright. 1981. Nutrla population 
     density and vegetative changes in brackish marsh in coastal
     Louisiana in Chapman, J.A. and A. Purseley (eds) Worldwide
     Furbearer Conference Proceedings 1: 129-171.
Linthurst, R. A., and E. D. Seneca.  1980.  Dieback of salt-water
     cordgrass (Spartina alterniflora Loisel.) in the lower Cape
     Fear Estuary of North Carolina:  An experimental approach to
     reestablishment.  Environ. Cons.  7:59-66.
Lipkin, Y.  1977.  Seagrass vegetation of Sinai and Israel.  Pp
     263-293 in (C. P. McRoy and C. Helfferich eds.).  Seagrass
     ecosystems: a scientific perspective.  Marcel Dekker Inc.,
     New York.  314 pp. 
Liston, C. R., W. G. Duffy, D. E. Ashton, T. Batterson, and C. D.
     McNebb.  1981.  Supplementary environmental baseline studies
     and evaluation of the St. Marys River during 1980.  U.S.
     Fish Wildl. Serv.  FWS/OBS 80/62.1.  167 pp. 
Lodge, D. M.  1991.  Herbivory on freshwater macrophytes.  Aquat.
     Bot.  41:195-224.
Loesch, C. R., R. K. Williams, and D. H. Gordon.  1989.  Dabbling
     duck response to a late-winter variation in saltmarsh
     bulrush management.  Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc.
     Fish Wildl. Agencies 43:412-420.
Logan, T. H.  1975.  Characteristics of small impoundments in
     western Oklahoma, their value as waterfowl habitat and
     potential for management. M.S. Thesis.  Oklahoma State
     Univ., Stillwater. 77 pp. 
Lohammar G.  1938.  Wasserchemie und hohere Vegetation
     schwedischer Seen. Symb.  Bot. Upsal 3:1-252. 
Lohammar, G.  1965.  The vegetation of Swedish lakes.  Acta
     Pytogeogr. Suec. 50:28-47. 
Looman, J.  1981.  The vegetation of Canadian Prairie Provinces. 
     III. Aquatic and semi-aquatic vegetation.  Phytocoenologia
Looman, J.  1981.  The vegetation of Canadian Prairie Provinces. 
     III. Aquatic and semi-aquatic vegetation. Pt. 2: Freshwater
     marshes and bogs. Phytocoenologia 10:401-423. 
Loosjes, M.  1974.  Over terreingebruick, verstoringen en voedsel
     van grauwe ganzen (Anser anser) in een brak getijdengebied.
     Limosa 47:121-143.  (not seen, cited in Reed, 1989).
Looyen, R. C. 1984.  Grazing pressure and vegetation dynamics at 
     the Oosterkwelder salt marsh on Schiermonnikoog.  Acta Bot.
     Neerl. 33:360-361.
Love, A., and D. Love.  1954.  Vegetation of a prairie marsh.  
     Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 81:16-34.
Low, J. B., and F. C. Bellrose Jr.  1944.  The seed and
     vegetative yield of waterfowl food plants in the Illinois
     River Valley.  J. Wildl.  Manage. 8:7-22. 
Lubchenco, J. 1978. Plant species diversity in a marine
     intertidal community: importance of herbivore food
     preference and algal competitive abilities. American
     Naturalist 112:23-39.
Lukatelich, R. J., N. J. Schofield, and A. J. McComb.  1987. 
     Nutrient loading and macrophyte growth in Wilson Inlet, a
     bar-built southwestern Australian estuary.  Estuarine
     Coastal and Shelf Science 24:141-165. 
Lumsden, R. D., D. E. Ellis, and J. L. Sincock.  1963.  A survey 
     of fungi associated with lesioned and chlorotic sago
     pondweed (Potamogeton pectinatus).  Plant Disease Reporter  
Lundegardh-Ericson, C.  l972.  Changes during four years in the
     aquatic macro-vegetation in a flad in N. Stockholm
     archipelago.  Svensk. bot. Tidskr. 66:207-225. 
Lundh, A.  1951.  Studies on the vegetation and hydrochemisty of
     Scanian lakes.  I. Higher aquatic vegetation.  Bot. Notiser,
     2(3) (suppl.) 1-141. 
Lutz, R. W.  1960.  The Utilization and Production of Waterfowl
     Foods at the Erie Marsh, Monroe County, Michigan. 
     University of Michigan, M.S. Thesis. 120 pp. 
Lye, K. A.  1971.  Moderne oppfatning av slekta Scirpus L.
     Blyttia 29:141-147.
Lynch, J. J. 1941.  The place of burning in management of the 
     Gulf Coast refuges.  J. Wildl. Manage. 5:454-458.
Lynch, J. J., T. O'Neil, and D. W. Lay.  1947.  Management
     significance of damage by geese and muskrats to Gulf Coast
     marshes.  J. Wildl.  Manage. 11:50-76. 
Mabbott, D. C.  1920.  Food habits of seven species of American
     shoal-water ducks.  U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 862.  67 pp.
Maberly, S. C., and D. H. N. Spence.  1983.  Photosynthetic 
     inorganic carbon use by freshwater plants.  J. Ecol.
Macdonald, K. B.  1977.  Plant and animal communities of Pacific 
     North American salt marshes.  Pp. 167-191 in V. J. Chapman,
     ed.  Ecosystems of the world 1.  Wet coastal ecosystems. 
     Elsevier, New York.  428 pp.
Mace, S. E., P. Sorge, and T. Lowry.  1984.  Impacts of
     Phosphorus on Streams.  Wisc. Dept. Nat. Resour., Bur. Water
     Resour. Manage., Wisconsin, Milwaukee.  Apr. 1984.  92 pp.
Macfe, S. M., and A. A. Crowder.  1987.  Soil factors influencing
     ferric hydroxide plaque formation on roots of Typha
     latifolia I.  Plant and Soil 102(2) pp. 177-184.
Madsen, J. D., M. S. Adams, and P. Ruffier.  1988.  Harvest as a
     control for sage pondweed (Potamogeton pectiratus L.) in
     Badfish Creek, Wisconsin:  frequency, efficiency and its
     impact on stream community oxygen metabolism.  J. Aquat.
     Plant Manage. 26:20-25.
Madsen, J. D.  1986.  The production and physiological ecology of
     the submerged aquatic macrophyte community in Badfish Creek,
     Wisconsin.  Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of Wisc., Madison.  449 pp.
Madsen, J. D., and M. S. Adams.  1985.  The aquatic macrophyte 
     communities of two streams, Black Earth and Lawrence Creeks,
     were examined using the line intercept method from
     May-August, 1981.  Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett
Madsen, J. D., and Adams, M. S.  1987.  The germination of
     Potamogeton pectinatus tubers: environmental control by
     temperature and light.  Can. J. Bot. 66:2523-2526.
Madsen, J. D., and Adams, M. S.  1989.  The light and temperature
     dependence of photosynthesis and respiration in Potamogen
     pectinatus L.  Aquat. Bot. 36:23-31.
Mahaffy, L. A.  1987.  Effects of open marsh water management on
     submerged aquatic vegetation utilized by waterfowl in
     Delware. pp. 323-332 in 
Malhotra, S. P.  1976.  Remedy for aquatic weeds in Bhakra
     canals. pp 253-254 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rzoska, eds. 
     Aquatic weeds in S.E. Asia.  Dr. W. Junk, The Hague.
Mall, R. E.  1969.  Soil-water-salt relationships of waterfowl 
     food plants in the Suisun marsh of California.  California
     Dep. Fish Game Wildl. Bull. No. 1.  
Mallik, A. U. 1989.  Small-scale succession towards fen on
     floating mat of a Typha marsh in Atlantic Canada.  Can. J.
     Bot. 67:1309-1316.
Mallik, A. U., and R. W. Wein.  1986.  Response of a Typha marsh
     community to draining, flooding and seasonal burning.  Can.
     J. Bot. 64:2136-2143.
Mandossian, A., and R. P. McIntosh.  1960.  Vegetation zonation 
     on the shore of a small lake.  Am. Midl. Nat. 64:301-308. 
Mann, K. H.  1972.  Macrophyte production and detritus food 
     chains in coastal waters.  Pages 353-383 in U.
     Melchiorri-Santolini and J. W. Hopton (eds.).  Detritus and
     its role in aquatic ecosystems.  Memorie Dell 'Instituto
     Italiano Di Idrobiologia. Vol. 29 Supp.  540 pp.
Marchyulenene, D. P., R. F. Dushauskene-Duzh, E. B. Moteyunene, 
     V. B. Nyanishkene, G. G. Polikarpov, and L. N. Vorob'ev. 
     1978.  Accumulation of 210 Pb in freshwater plants: 
     Hydrobiol. J. v. 14, #6, p. 73-77.
Marquis, L. Y., R. D. Comes, and C. P. Young.  1981.  Absorption 
     and translocation of fluridone and glyphosate in submersed
     vascular plants. Weed Sci. 29:229-236.
Martin, A. C., H. S. Zim, and A. L. Nelson.  1951.  American 
     wildlife and plants.  McGraw-Hill, New York.  500 pp. 
     Dover, New York.  400 pp.
Martin, P. S.  1963.  Geochronology of Plurial Lake Cochise,
     southern Arizona II. Pollen analysis of a 42 meter core. 
     Ecol. 44:436-444. 
Martin, A. C., Erickson, R. C., and Steenis, J. H.  1957. 
     Improving duck marshes by weed control.  U.S.D.I., U.S. Fish
     Wildl. Serv. Cir. 19.
Martin, A. C.  1951.  Identifying pondweed seeds eaten by ducks. 
     J. Wildl.  Manage. 15:253-258. 
Martin, A. C., and F. M. Uhler.  1939.  Food of game ducks in the
     United States and Canada.  U.S. Dept.  Agric.  Tech.  Bull.
     634. 308 pp.
Martini, I. P., R. Protz, D. Grinham, W. A. King, and K. E. 
     Clarke.  1979.  Studies of coastal sediments, soils, and
     biota.  James Bay, Ontario, Canada.  Dept. Land Resour.
     Sci., University of Guelph, Ont. Tech. Memo 79-1. 290 pp.
Marvan, P., and J. Komarek.  1978.  Algal populations related to
     different macrophyte communities.  pp 65-70 in (D. Dykyjova
     and J. Kvet eds.).  Pond littoral ecosystems.  Structure and
     functioning. Springer-Verlag.  New York. 464 pp.
Marvan, P., J. Komarek, H. Ettl, and J. Komarkova.  1978. 
     Dynamics of algal communities.  pp. 314-320 in D. Dykyjova
     and J. Kvet eds.  Pond littoral ecosytems.  Structure and
     functioning. Springer-Verlag.  N.Y. 464 pp.
Mason, C. F., and R. J. Bryant.  1975.  Production, nutrient 
     content, and decomposition of Phragmites communis Trin. and
     Typha angustifolia L.  J. Ecol. 63:71-96. 
Mason, C. F., and R. J. Bryant.  1975.  Changes in the ecology of
     the Norfolk Broads.  Freshwater Biol. 5:257-270. 
Mason, H. L.  1969.  A flora of the marshes of California.  Univ.
     California Press, Berkeley.  878 pp. 
Mason, R.  1967.  The species of Ruppia in New Zealand.  N.Z.J.
     Bot. 5:519-531 
Massart, J.  1922.  La biologie des inondations de l'yser et al.
     flore des ruines de Nieuport.  (not seen, reviewed by
     Tansley, A. G. 1922.  J. Ecol. 10:237-239) 
Mateu, A. I. 1991.  Leaf anatomy of plants from coastal
     Mediterranean salt-marshes.  Monocotyledons.  Candollea
Mathiak, H. A.  1971.  Observations on changes in the status of
     cattails at Horicon Marsh, Wisconsin.  Wisc.  Dep. Nat.
     Resour.  Res. Rep. 66. 
Mathiesen, H., and J. Nielsen.  1956.  Botaniske undersogelser i
     Randers Fjord og Grund Fjord.  Bot. Tidsskr. 53:1-34. 
     (English Summary). 
Mayer, F. L. Jr., and J. B. Low.  1970.  The effect of salinity 
     on widgeongrass.  J. Wildl.  Manage. 34:658-661. 
Mayer, F. L., Jr.  1967.  The effect of salinity on growth and
     reproduction of Ruppia maritima L. M.S. Thesis, Utah State
     Univ., Logan. 
Mayer, F. L. S., Jr.  1969.  Influence of salinity on fruit size 
     in Ruppia maritima L. Proc.  Utah Acad.  Sci.
McAtee, W. L.  1910.  Notes on Chen caerulescens, Chen rossi and 
     other waterfowl in Louisiana.  Auk 27:337-339.
McAtee, W. L.  1911.  Three important wild-duck foods.  U.S. Bur.
     Biol. Surv. Circ. 81.  19 pp. 
McAtee, W. L.  1917.  Propagation of wild-duck foods.  U.S. Dept.
     Agric. Bull. 465.  40 pp. 
McAtee, W. L.  1918.  Food habits of the mallard ducks of the
     United States. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 720.  36 pp. 
McAtee, W. L.  1920.  Wild-duck foods of the sandhill region of
     Nebraska. pp. 37-75 in U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 794. 
McAtee, W. L.  1922.  Notes on the Food Habits of the Shoveler or
     Spoonbill Duck (Spatula clypeata).  The Auk. 380-386. 
McAtee, W. L.  1925.  Notes on drift, vegetable balls, and
     aquatic insects as a food product of inland waters.  Ecol.
McAtee, W. L.  1935.  Wildlife of the Atlantic Coast salt
     marshes.  U.S. Dept. Agric. Wildl. Resear. Manage. Leafl.
     BS-17. 22 pp. 
McAtee, W. L.  1939.  Wildfowl food plants.  Their value
     propagation and management.  Collegiate Press, Ames, Iowa.
     141 pp. 
McCabe, T. R., and M. L. Wolfe.  1988.  Effects of simulated 
     muskrat grazing on emergent vegetation.  Pp. 147-158 in D.A.
     Wilcox, ed.  Interdiciplinary approaches to freshwater
     wetlands research.  Michigan State University Press, East
     Lansing.  101 pp.
McCann, C.  1945.  Notes on the genus Ruppia (Ruppiaceae).  J.
     Bombay Nat. Hist.  Soc. 45:396-402. 
McCarraher, D. B.  1962.  Northern pike, Esox lucius in alkaline
     lakes of Nebraska.  Trans.  Amer.  Fish Soc. 91:326-329.
McCarraher, D. B.  1972.  The small playa lakes of Nebraska: 
     Their ecology, fisheries, and biological potential. pp 15-23
     in: Playa Lakes Symp.  Trans., Int. Center for Arid and
     Semi-arid Land Studies, Texas Tech.  Univ., Lubbock. 
McCarraher, D. B.  1972.  A preliminary bibliography and lake
     index of the inland mineral waters of the world.  FAO
     Fisheries Circ. 146, Rome. 
McCarraher, D. B.  1977.  Nebraska's sandhills lakes.  Nebr.  
     Game and Parks Comm. 67 pp. 
McCarraher, D. B., O. E. Orr, C. P. Agee, G. R. Foster, and O. M.
     Stern. 1961.  Sandhills lake survey.  Nebr.  Game For. and
     Parks Comm.  Job. No. 2. 83 pp. McCombie, A.M. and I. Wile.
     1971.  Ecology of aquatic vascular plants in southern
     Ontario impoundments.  Weed Sci. 19:225-228. 
McCormick, J.  1970.  The natural features of Tinicum Marsh, with
     particular emphasis on the vegetation.  Pp 1-104 in two
     studies of Tinicum Marsh.  The Conservation Foundation.  
     123 pp. 
McCormick, J., and T. Ashbaugh.  1972.  Vegetation of a section 
     of Oldmans Creek tidal marsh and related areas in Salem and
     Gloucester Counties, New Jersey. Bull.  N.J. Academy of
     Science. 17:31-37. 
McCrimmon, H. R.  1968.  Carp in Canada.  Bul. Fish. Res. Bd. 
     Can. 165. 93 pp. 
McDonald, M. E.  1955.  Cause and effects of a die-off of
     emergent  vegetation.  J. Wildl.  Manage. 19:24-35. 
McDonald, M. E.  1951.  The ecology of the Point Mouillee Morch,
     Michigan, with special reference to the biology of cattail
     (Typha).  Ph.D. Diss., Univ. of Michigan, Ann. Arbor. 
     243 pp.
McFarland, L. Z., George, H., and Mekinnie, H.  1963.  Grain 
     preference of captive waterfowl.  Calf. Fish and Game
McGahee, C. F., and G. J. Davis.  1971.  Photosynthesis and
     respiration in Myriophyllum spicatum L. as related to
     salinity.  Limnol.  Oceanogr. 16:826-829. 
McIlhenny, E. A. 1932.  The blue goose in its winter home.  Auk 
McKay, E. M.  1934.  Salt tolerance of Ruppia maritima L. in 
     lakes of high magnesium sulfate content.  Ph.D.  Diss.,
     State College of Washington, Pullman. 41 pp. 
McLaughlin, W. T.  1932.  Atlantic coastal plain plants in the
     sand barrens of northwestern Wisconsin.  Ecol. Monogr.
McLeod, J. A.  1949.  Some aspects of muskrat management in
     Manitoba.  Proc. Int. Assoc. Game Fish Conserv. Comm.,
     Winnipeg, Manitoba. 
McMahan, C. A.  1970.  Food habitas of ducks wintering on Laguna 
     Madre, Texas.  J. Wildl. Mange. 34:946-949.
McMaha, C. A.  1969.  The food habitas of ducks wintering on 
     Laguna Madre, Texas.  M.S. thesis, New Mexico State Univ.,
     Las Cruces.  37 pp.
McMillan, C.  1959.  Salt tolerance within a Typha population. 
     Am. J. Bot. 46:521-526. 
McMillan, C.  1974.  Salt tolerance of mangroves and submerged
     aquatic plants, pp. 379-390. in R. J. Reimold and W. H. 
     Queen (eds.), Ecology of halophytes.  Academic Press, New
     York. 605 pp. 
McMillan, C.  1985.  The seed reserve for Halodule wrightii,
     Syringodium filiforme and Ruppia maritima in Laguna Madre,
     Texas.  Contrib. Mar. Sci. 28:141-149. 
McMillan, C., and F. N. Moseley.  1967.  Salinity tolerances of 
     five marine spermatophytes of Redfish Bay, Texas.  Ecol.
McNabb, C. D., Jr.  1976.  The petertial of submerged vascular 
     plants for reclamation of wastewater in temperate zone
     ponds.  Pp. 123-132 in (see Seidel).
McNabb, C. D. Jr., and D. P. Tierney.  1972.  Growth and mineral 
     accumulation of submersed vascular hydrophytes in
     pleioeutrophic environs.  Michigan State Univ., East Lansing
     Inst.  Water Research. Tech Rep. 24. 31 pp. 
McNaughton, S. J.  1975.  R selection and K selection in Typha. 
     Am. Nat. 109: 251-262.
McNaughton, S. J.  1966.  Ecotype function in the Typha
     community-type. Ecol.  Monog. 36:297-325. 
McNaughton, S. J.  1968.  Autotoxic feedback in relation to
     germination and seedling growth in typha latifolia.  Ecol.
McNaughton, S. J., R. S. Campbell, R. A. Freyer, J. E. Mylroie, 
     and K. D. Rodland.  1974.  Photosynthetic properties and
     root chilling responses of altitudinal ecotypes of Typha
     latifolia L. Ecol. 55: 168-172. 
McNaughton, S. J. 1986.  On plants and herbivores.  Am. Nat. 
McNease, L. L. and L. L. Glasgow.  1970.  Experimental treatments
     for the control of wiregrass and saltmarsh grass in a
     brackish marsh.  Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game
     Fish Comm. 24:127-145.
McNulty, J. K., W. N. Lindall, Jr., and J. E. Sykes.  1972. 
     Cooperative Gulf of Mexico estuarine inventory and study,
     Florida: Phase I, Area description.  NOAA Tech. Rep., Nat.
     Mar. Fish. Serv. Circ. 368.  126 pp (not seen)
McRoy, C.P., and C. McMillan.  1977.  Production ecology and
     physiology of seagrasses.  Pp 53-87 in (C. P. McRoy and 
     C. Helfferich eds) seagrass ecosystems, a scientific
     perspective.  Dekker, New York (not seen). 
Meeks, R. L.  1968.  The effect of drawdown date on wetland plant
     succession. J. Wildl. Manage.  33:817-821. 
Mehta, I., R. K. Sharma, and A. P. Tuank.  1976.  The aquatic 
     weed problem in the Chambal irrigated area and its control
     by grass carp. pp. 307-314 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rzoska,
     eds.  Aquatic weeds in S.E. Asia.  Dr. W. Junk, The Hague.
Mehta, I., and R. K. Sharma.  1976.  Effect of weeds on the flow 
     capacity of Chambal irrigation system in Kota, Rajasthan.
     pp. 85-90 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rzoska, eds.  Aquatic
     weeds in S.E. Asia.  Dr. W. Junk, The Hague. (396 pp).
Meiorin, E. C. 1989.  Urban runoff treatment in a fresh/brackish 
     water marsh in Fremont, California.  pp. 677-685 in D. A.
     Hammer ed. Constructed wetlands for wastewater treatment. 
     Lewis Publishers, Chelsea, Michigan.  831 pp.
Mendall, H. L.  1949.  Food habits in relation to black duck
     management in Maine.  J. Wildl. Manage. 13:64-101.
Mendelssohn, I.A. and K.L. McKee. 1987. Experimental field and 
     greenhouse verification of the influence of saltwater
     intrusion and submergence on marsh deterioration: mechanisms
     of action. In: Turner, R.E. and D.R. Cahoon (eds.), Causes
     of Wetland Loss in the Co~stal Central Gulf of Mexico.
     Volume II: Technical Narrative. OCS Study/MMS 87-0120.
Menendez, M., E. Fores, and F. A. Comin.  1989.  Ruppia cirrhosa 
     - Decomposition in a coastal temperate lagoon as affected by
     macroinvertebrates.  Arch. Hydrobiol. 117:39-48.
Menendez, M., and J. Penuelas.  1993.  Seasonal photosynthetic 
     and respiratory responses of Ruppia cirrhosa (Petagna)
     Grande to changes in light and temperature.  Arch.
     Hydrobiol. 129:221-230.
Mercado, B. T., C. Malabayabas, and S. Gumasing.  1971. 
     Responses of some lowland weed species to salinity.  I.
     Scirpus maritimus L. to sodium chloride.  The Phillipine
     Agriculturalist 55:253-259. 
Meriaux, J. L.  1978.  Etude analytique et comparative de la
     vegetation aquatique d'etangs et marais du nord de la France
     (Vallee de la Sensee et bassin houiller du
     Word-Pas-de-Calais).  Doc. Phytosociol. 3:1-244. (In
     French;English and German summaries). 
Merry, D. G., F. M. Slater, and P. F. Randerson.  1981.  The 
     riporian and aquatic vegetation of the River Wye. J. Biogr.
Messinger. R.D. 1974. Effects of controlled burning on waterfowl 
     nesting habitat in northwest Iowa. M.S. Thesis. Iowa State
     University, Ames. 4g pp.
Metcalf, F. P.  1931.  Wild duck foods of North Dakota lakes.  
     U.S. Dept. Agriculture Tech. Bull. 221. 72 pp. 
Meyer, B. S., F. H. Bell, L. C. Thompson, and E. I. Clay.  1943. 
     Effect of depth of immersion on apparent photosynthesis in
     submersed vascular aquatics.  Ecology 24:393-399. 
Miglarese, J. V., and P. A. Sandifer.  1982.  An ecological 
     characterization of South Carolina wetland impoundments. 
     South Carolina Marine Resources Center, Tech. Rep. No. 51. 
     132 pp.
Millar, J. B.  1969.  Observations on the ecology of wetland
     vegetation. pp 49-56 in: Saskatoon Wetlands Seminar.  Canad.
     Wildl. Serv. Rep. 6. 
Millar, J. B.  1973.  Vegetation changes in shallow marsh
     wetlands under improving moisture regime.  Can. J. Bot.
Millar, J. B.  1976.  Wetland classification in western Canada: a
     guide to marshes and shallow open water wetlands in the
     grasslands and parklands of the Prairie Provinces.  Can
     Wildl.  Ser. Rep. Ser. 37. 38 pp. 
Millard, N. A. H., and K. M. F. Scott.  1953.  The ecology of 
     South African estuaries.  Part VI.  Milnerton Estuary and
     the Diep  River, Cape.  Trans Roy. Soc. S. Afr. 34:279-324. 
Miller, A. C., D. C. Beckett, and E. Blancher.  1987.  The
     habitat value of submerged aquatic vegetation.  pp 225-235
     in (see Bowers et al. 1987 card.)
Miller, A. C., D. C. Beckett, C. M. Way, and E. J. Bacon.  1989. 
     The habitat value of aquatic macrophytes for
     macroinvertebrates: Benthic studies in Eau Galle Reservoir,
     Wisconsin.  pp. 190-201 in Proc. 23rd Annu. Mtg., Aquat.
     Plant Control Resear. Prog., U.S. Army Eng. Waterways Exp.
     Sta., Vicksburg, Miss. 39181-0631.
Miller, A. W.  1962.  Waterfowl habitat improvement in
     California.  Proc. Western Assoc. State Game and Fish Comm.
Miller, M. R.  1987.  Fall and winter foods of northern pintails 
     in the Sacramento Valley, California.  J. Wildl. Manage.
Miller, W. R., and F. E. Egler.  1950.  Vegetation of the
     Wequetequock-Paweatuck tidal marshes, Connecticut.  Ecol. 
     Monogr. 20:143-172. 
Mirashi, M. V.  1954.  Studies in the hydrophytes of Nagpur. J.
     Indian Bot. Soc. 33:299-308. 
Misra, R. D.  1938.  Edaphic factors in the distribution of 
     aquatic plants in the English lakes.  J. Ecol. 26:411-451.
Mitchell, B. D., and W. D. Williams.  1982.  Factors influencing 
     the seasonal occurance and abundance of the zooplankton in
     two waste stabilization ponds.  Aust. J. Mar. Freshw.
     Resear. 33:989-997.
Mitchell, D. S., and K. H. Rogers.  1985.  Seasonality/
     aseasonality of aquatic macrophytes in Southern Hemisphere
     inland waters. Hydrobiol. 125:137-150. 
Mitchell, S. F.  1971.  Phytoplankton productivity in Tomahawk 
     Lagoon, Lake Waipori and Lake Mahinerangi.  New Zealand
     Marine Dept. Fish. Res. Bull. No. 3.  87 pp.
Mitzner, L.  1978.  Evaluation of biological control of nuisance
     aquatic vegetation by grass carp.  Trans. Am. Fish. Soc.
Modlin, R. F.  1970.  Aquatic plant survey of Milwaukee River
     watershed lakes.  Wisc. Dept. Nat. Resour. Resear. Rep. 52. 
     45 pp. 
Molinier, R., and G. Tallon.  1974.  Documents pour un inventaire
     des plantes vasculaires de la Camargue.  Bull. Hist. Nat. 
     Marseille. T. 34. (not seen, cited in Podlejski 1981) 
Monda, M. J., and J. T. Ratti.  1988.  Niche overlap and habitat
     use by sympatric duck broods in eastern Washington.  J.
     Wild. Manage. 52:95-103.
Montz, G. N.  1978.  The submerged vegetation of Lake
     Ponchartrain, Louisiana.  Castanea 43:115-128.
Moody, A. I.  1978.  Growth and distribution of marsh plants on 
     the southern Fraser Delta foreshore.  M.S. Thesis,
     University of British Columbia, Vancouver.  153 pp.
Moore, E.  1915.  The potamogetons in relation to pond culture. 
     U.S. Bur. Fish.  Doc. 815, 33:251-291. 
Moraghan, J. T. 1993.  Loss and assimilation of 15N-nitrate added
     to a North Dakota cattail marsh.  Aquatic Botany 46:225-234.
Moreria, I., and T. Ferreira.  1986.  Aquatic weeds in Portugal.
     Aquaphyte 6(1)6. 
Morgan, D. G.  1954.  Seasonal changes in populations of Anatidae
     on the Laverton Saltworks, Victoria, 1950-53.  Emu
Morgan, P. H., A. S. Johnson, W. P. Baldwin, and J. L. Landers.
     1976.  Characteristics and management for wildlife in a
     South Carolina estuary. Proc. Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game
     Fish Comm. 29:526-539.
Morgan, P. H.  1974.  A study of tidelands and impoundments 
     within a three-river delta system-the south Edisto, Ashepoo
     and Combahee rivers of South Carolina.  M.S. Thesis.
     University of Georgia, Athens. 92 pp.
Morin, J. O., and K. D. Kimball.  1983.  Relationship of
     macrophyte-mediated changes in the water column to
     periphyton composition and abundance.  Freshwater Biol.
Morinaga, T.  l926.  The favorable effect of reduced oxygen 
     supply upon the germination of certain seeds.  Am. J. Bot.
Morinaga, T.  1926.  Effect of alternating temperatures upon the
     germination of seeds.  Amer. J. Bot. 13:141-158
Morris, S., A. J. Leaney, L. M. Bell, and J. M. Thompson.  1979. 
     The Courtenay River estuary. Status of environmental
     knowlege to 1978.  Environment Canada Special Estuary Ser.
     No. 8.
Morton, J. F.  1975.  Cattails (Typha spp.).  Weed problem or
     potential crop.  Econ. Bot., 29:7-29. 
Moss, B.  1981.  The composition and ecology of periphyton
     communities in fresh waters 2.  Interrelationships between
     water chemistry, Phytoplankton populations and periphyton. 
     Br. Phycol.  J. 16(1)59-76. 
Moss, B.  1976.  The effects of fertilization and fish on
     community structure and biomass of aquatic macrophytes and
     epiphytic algal populations:an ecosytem experiment.  J.
     Ecol. 64:313-342. 
Motta, J. J.  1978.  The occurrence of fungi on some rooted
     aquatics from the Chesapeake Bay.  Estuaries 1:101-105.
Moyle, J. B.  1945.  Some chemical factors influencing the
     distribution of aquatic plants in Minnesota.  Am. Mid. Nat.
Moyle, J. B.  1956.  Relationships between the chemistry of
     Minnesota surface waters and wildlife management.  J. Wildl.
     Manage. 20(3) 303-320. 
Moyle, J. B.  1958.  Review of literature on plant growth and 
     water levels.  Minn.  Fish Game Invest.  Fish Ser. 1:35-45.
Moyle, J. B.  1961.  Aquatic invertebrates as related to larger
     water plants and waterfowl.  Minn.  Dept.  Cons.  Div. Game
     & Fish. Investigational Rep. 233. 24 pp. 
Moyle, J. B., and J. H. Kuehn.  1964.  Carp, a sometimes villain.
     pp. 635-642 in (J. P. Linduska ed.), waterfowl tomorrow. 
     U.S. Dept. Int., Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
     770 pp. 
Moyle, J. B., and N. Hotchkiss.  1945.  The aquatic and marsh
     vegetation of Minnesota and its value to waterfowl.  Minn. 
     Fish.  Res. Lab. Bull. 3. 122 pp. 
Mudroch, A.  1981.  A study of selected Great Lakes coastal
     marshes. Scientific Series #122.  Nat. Water Res. Inst.,
     Inland Waters Directorate, Burlington, Ontario. 44 pp.
Muenscher, W. C.  1936.  Storage and germination of seeds of
     aquatic plants.  Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 652.
Muenscher, W. C.  1936.  The germination of seeds of Potamogeton.
     Ann. Botany 50:805-821. 
Mulligan, H. F., and A. Baranowski.  1969.  Growth of
     phytoplankton and vascular aquatic plants at different
     nutrient levels.  Verh, Internat. Verein.  Limnol.
Mulligan, H. F., A. Baronowski, and R. Johnson.  1976.  Nitrogen 
     and phosphorus fertilisation of aquatic vascular plants and
     algae in replicated ponds.  I. Initial response to
     fertilisation. Hydrobiol. 48, 109-116. 
Munro, R. E., and M. C. Perry.  1982.  Distribution & abundance 
     of waterfowl & submerged aquatic vegetation in Chesapeake
     Bay.  U.S. Env. Protection Agency, Washington D.C. EPA
     60013-82-082.  NTIS PB82-266156. 
Munz, P. A., and D. D. Keck.  1973.  A California flora and 
     supplement.  University of California Press, Berkeley. 1681
     pp. + 224 pp. suppl. 
Murdoch, A.  1980.  Biogeochemical investigations of Big Creek
     Marsh, Lake Erie, Ontario.  J. Great Lakes Resear. 
Murkin, H. R., and P. Ward.  1980.  Early spring cutting to 
     control cattail in a northern marsh.  Wildl.  Soc. Bull.
Murphy, K. J., and J. W. Eaton.  1983.  Effects of pleasure-boat
     traffic on macrophyte growth in canals.  J. Appl.
Mushet, D. M., N. H. Euliss, Jr., and S. W. Harris.  1992.  
     Effects of irrigation on seed production and vegetative
     characteristics of four moist-soil plants on impounded
     wetlands in California.  Wetlands 12:204-207.
Muus, B. J.  1967.  The fauna of Danish estuaries and lagoons. 
     Medd. Dan. Fisk.  Havunders., 5:1-316 (not seen). 
Nagel, J.  1969.  Migration patterns and general habits of the 
     snow goose in Utah.  Utah Dep. Nat. Resour. Publ. 69-6. 
Nakagawa, K., M. Miyahara, and K. Hattori.  1973.  Biology and 
     control of perennial cyperaceae in Japan.  Proc. 4th Asian-
     Pacific Weed Sci. Soc. Conf. 1:203-208.
Natelson, D. 1954.  The phytosociology of submerged aquatic 
     macrophytes in Wisconsin lakes.  Ph.D.  Dissertation.
     University of Wisconsin, Madison. 59 pp. 
Nebraska Game and Parks. 1972.  Survey of habitat.  Work Plan K-
     71.  Pittman-Robertson Proj. W-13-R-28.  Lincoln, Neb. 78
Needham, P. R.  1938.  Trout streams.  Comstock Pub. Co., New 
     York. 233 pp. (not seen). 
Neel, J. K, S. A. Peterson, and W. L. Smith.  1973.  Weed harvest
     and lake nutrient dynamics. U.S. Enviro.  Protection Agency
     Ecol.  Res. Ser. EPA-660/3-73-001 Washington, D.C., U.S.
     Gov't Printing Office. 101 pp. 
Neely, W. W.  1956.  How long do duck foods last underwater?  
     Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 21:191-198.
Neely, W. W.  1958.  Irreversible drainage - a new factor in
     waterfowl management.  Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf.
Neely, W. W. 1960.  Managing Scirpus robustus for ducks.  Proc. 
     S.E. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 14:30-34. 
Neely, W. W.  1962.  Saline soils and brackish waters in
     management of wildlife, fish and shrimp.  Trans. North Am.
     Wildl. Conf. 27:321-335. 
Neely, W. W., and V. E. Davison.  1966.  Wildl ducks on farmland 
     in the south.  U.S. Dept. Agric.  Farmer's Full. 2218. 
     14 pp. 
Neinburg, W., and E. Kolumbe.  1931.  Zur okologie der flora des 
     wattenmeeres. II.  Wiss. Meer. Kiel. N.F. 21-2:77. (not
     seen, cited in Chapman 1974)
Nelson, N. F., and R. H. Dietz.  1966.  Cattail control methods 
     in Utah.  Utah Dept. Fish Game Publ. 66-2. 31 pp.
Nelson, N. F.  1954.  Factors in the development and restoration 
     of waterfowl habitat at Ogden Bay refuge, Weber County,
     Utah. Utah State Dep. Fish Game, Federal Aid Div. Publ. 6.
     87 pp.
Newbold, C.  1975.  Herbicides in aquatic systems.  Biol.
     Conserv. 7:97-118. 
Newling, C. J., M. C. Landin, and S. D. Parris.  1983.  Long-term
     monitoring of the Apalachicola Bay wetland habitat
     development site.  pp. 164-186 in F. J. Webb, Jr. ed.  Proc.
     10th Annu. Conf. Wetlands Restoration and Creation. 
     Hillsborough Community College, Tampa, Florida.
Newroth, P. R.  1974.  A review of the ecology and control of 
     some aquatic macrophytes.  Studies on Aquatic Macrophytes
     Part IV. Water Investigation Branch Br. Columbia Water
     Resources Service 64 pp. 
Nichols, S. A. 1991.  The interaction between biology and the 
     management of aquatic macrophytes.  Aquat. Bot. 41:225-252.
Nichols, S. A., and S. Mori.  1971.  The littoral macrophyte
     vegetation of Lake Wingra.  Trans Wisc. Acad. Sci.
Niemeier, P. E., and W. A. Hubert.  1986.  The 85-year history of
     the aquatic macrophyte species composition in a Aquat. Bot.
     25:83-89 eutrophic prairie lake (United States). 
Nillsen, J. P.  1975.  An algological survey of the Sondeledfjord
     near Risor, S. Norway- a "land-locked" fjord exposed to
     pollution.  Blyttia 33:17-26. 
Nixon, S. W., and C. A. Oviatt.  1973.  The ecology of a New 
     England salt marsh.  Ecol.  Monogr. 43:463-498. 
Norlindh, T.  1972.  Notes on the variation and taxonomy in the 
     Scirpus maritimus complex.  Bot. Not. 125:397-405.
Noyes, J. H.  1983.  Diet and nutrition of breeding canvasback 
     and redhead ducks at Ruby Lake National Wildlife Refuge,
     Nevada. M.S. Thesis, Oregon State Univ., Corvallis. 42 pp. 
Noyes, J. H., and R. L. Jarvis.  1985.  Diet and nutrition of
     breeding female redhead and canvasback ducks in Nevada.  J.
     Wildl.  Manage. 49:203-211. 
Nuttall, T.  1834.  A manual of the ornithology of the United
     States and of Canada.  Vol. 2.  The water birds.  Hilliard,
     Grey, and Co., Boston. 627 pp. 
Oberholzer, H. C., and W. L. McAtee.  1920.  Waterfowl and their
     food plants in the Sandhill Region of Nebraska.  U.S. Dept. 
     Agric.  Bull. 794. 
Oborn, E. T.  1964.  Intracellular and extracellular
     concentration of manganese and other elements by aquatic
     organisms. U.S. Geological Survey Water-supply Paper 1667-C.
Odum, W. E. 1988.  Comparative ecology of tidal freshwater and 
     salt marshes.  Annu. Rev. Ecology and Systematics.  19:147-
Odum, W. E., T. J. Smith, III, J. K. Hoover, and C. C. McIvor.  
     1984.  The ecology of tidal freshwater marshes of the United
     States east coast: A community profile.  U. S. Fish and
     Wildlife Service FWS/OBS-83/17. 177pp.
Ogg, A. G., V. F, Bruns, and A. D. Kelley.  1969.  Response of 
     sago pondweed to periodic removal of topgrowth.  Weed Sci.
Ogle, D. W. 1981.  Long-distance dispersal of vascular
     halophytes:  The marshes of Saltville, Virginia.  Castanea
Oglesby, R. T., A. Vogel, J. H. Peverly, and R. Johnson.  1976. 
     Changes in submerged plants at the south end of Cayuga Lake
     following tropical storm Agnes.  Hydrobiol. 48:251-255. 
Oliver, F. W. 1925.  Spartina townsendii: its mode of
     establishment, economic uses and taxonomic status.  J. Ecol.
Olmi, E. J. III.  1986.  Recruitment patterns of selected decapod
     crustaceans.  pp. 303-360 in  DeVoe, M. R., and D. S.
     Baughman eds. 1986.  South Carolina Coastal Wetland
     Impoundments:  Ecological characterization, management,
     status, and use.  Vol. II:  Technical synthesis.  Publ. No.
     SC-SG-TR-86-2.  South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium,
     Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
Olney, P. J. S.  1969.  The food and feeding habits of the
     pochard, Aythya ferina.  Biol Conserv. 1:71-76. 
Olsen, S.  1945.  The vegetation in Praesto Fjord. 1. 
     Spermatophyta and Charophyta.  Folia geogr.  Dan. 3:83-130.
Olsen, S.  1950.  Aquatic plants and hydrosperic factors.  I-II. 
     Svensk. bot.  Tidskr. 44:1-34; 332-373. 
Olson, R. A.  1979.  Ecology of wetland vegetation on selected
     strip mine ponds and stockdams in the northern Great Plains.
     Ph.D.  Diss.  North Dakota State University, Fargo. 476 pp.
Olson, R. A.  1981.  Wetland vegetation, environmental factors, 
     and their interaction in strip mine ponds, stockdams, and
     natural wetlands.  U.S. Dept.  Agric., Forest Serv.  Gen.
     Tech.  Rpt. RM-85. 19 pp. 
O'Neil, E. J. 1972.  Alkali bulrush seed germination and culture. 
     J. Wildl. Manage. 36:649-652.
O'Neil, T. 1949.  The muskrat in the Louisiana coastal marshes.  
     Louisiana Dep. Wild Life and Fisheries, New Orleans.  152
Ondok, J. P., and J. Kvet.  1978.  Selection of sampling areas in
     assessment of production. pp. 163-174 in D. Dykyjova and J.
     Kvet eds.  Pond littoral ecosystems.  Structure and
     functioning.  Springer-Verlag. New York. 464 pp. 
Ondok, J. P.  1978.  Rediction climate in fishpond littoral plant
     communities.  pp 113-125 in (D. Dykjova and J. Kvet eds.). 
     Pond littoral ecosystems.  Springer-Verlag, New York.  
     484 pp.
Ondok, J. P., and D. Dykyjova.  1973.  Assessment of shoot
     biomass of dominant reed-beds in Trebon Basin, methodical
     aspects. pp. 79-82 in  S. Hejny, ed.  Ecosystem study on
     wetland biome in Czechoslovakia.  Czechoslovakia IBP/PT-PP. 
     Report No. 3.  Trebon.
Ondok, J. P.  1971.  Horizontal structures of some macrophyte
     stands and its production aspects.  Hidrobiologia
     (Bucharest) 12:47-55.
Ondok, J. P. 1973.  Average shoot biomass in monospecific
     helophyte stands of the Opatovicky fishpond. pp. 83-85 in S.
     Hejny, ed.  Ecosystem study on wetland biome in
     Czechoslovakia.  Czechoslovakia IBP/PT-PP.  Report No. 3. 
O'Neill, E. J.  1972.  Alkali bulrush seed germination and
     culture.  J. Wildl.  Manage. 36:649-652.
Oosting, H. J.  1933.  Physical-chemical variables in Minnesota
     lake. Ecol.  Mono. 3:493-533. 
Ooststroom, S. J. van, and T. J. Reichgelt.  1962.  Typha
     angustifolia L. x T. Latifolia L. (T. x glauca Godr.) in
     Nederland.  Gorteria 1:90-92.
Ophel, I. L., and C. D. Fraser.  1970.  Calcium and strentium
     discrimination by aquatic plants.  Ecol. 51:324-327. 
Opuszynski, K.  1973.  Use of phytophageous fish to control 
     aquatic plants.  Aquaculture 1:61-74.
Orth, R. J., and Moore, K. A.  1988.  Distribution of Zostera 
     marina L. and Ruppia maritima L. sensulato along depth
     gradients in the lower Chesapeake Bay, U.S.A.  Aquat. Bot.
Orth, R. J., and K. A. Moore.  1982.  The biology and propagation
     of eelgrass, Zostera marina, in the Chesapeake Bay,
     Virginia.  Final Report, Grant no. R805953, U.S. Envir.
     Prot. Ag., Chesapeake Bay Prog., Annapolis, MD, and VIMS
     SRAMSOE 265, Gloucester Point, VA.  187 pp.
Orth, R. J., and K. A. Moore.  1981.  Submerged aquatic
     vegetation of the Chesapeake Bay: Past, present and future. 
     Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Nat. Resour. Conf. 46:271-283. 
Orth, R. J., K. A. Moore, and H. H. Gordon.  1979.  Distribution 
     and abundance of submerged aquatic vegetation in the lower
     Chesapeake Bay, Virginia.  EPA Report No. 600/8-79-029/SAVI. 
     199 pp. 
Orth, R. J.  1976.  The demise and recovery of eelgrass, Zostera
     marina, in the Chesapeake Bay, Virginia.  Aquat.  Bot.
Ortu, A. M.  1969.  Primary data on the germination of seed of
     Ruppia maritima L.  G. Bot. Ital. 103-621. 
Osterhout, W. J. V.  1906.  On the importance of physiologically
     balanced solutions for plants.  Bot. Gaz. 42:127-134. 
Otto, N. E., and P. F. Enger.  1960.  Some effects of suspended
     sediment on growth of submerged pondweeds.  U.S. Dept. 
     Interior, Bur. of Reclamation.  Gen. Lab. Rep. Gen - 27. 
     11 pp. 
Otto, N. E., T. R. Bartley, and W. V. Garstaka.  1964.  Pondweed 
     propagule production as affected by repeated solvent
     treatments.  U.S. Bur. Reclamation.  Water Conservation Rep.
     WC-13. 77 pp. 
Outridge, P. M., and B. N. Noller.  1991.  Accumulations of toxic
     trace elements by freshwater vascular plants.  Rev. Environ.
     Contam. Toxicol. 121:1-63.
Owens, M., and R. W. Edwards.  1962.  The effects of plants on
     river conditions.  III. Crop studies and estimates of net
     productivity of macrophytes in four streams in southern
     England.  J. Ecol. 50:157-162. 
Ozimek, T., K. Prejs, and A. Prejs.  1986.  Biomass and growth
     rate of Potamogeton pectinatus L. in lakes of different
     trophic state.  Ekol. Pol. 34:125-131.
Ozimek, T., and A. Kowalczewski.  1984.  Long-term changes of the
     submerged macrophytes in eutrophic Lake Mikolajskie (North
     Poland). Aquat. Bot. 19:1-11. 
Ozimek, T.  1978.  Effect of municipal sewage on the submerged
     macrophytes of a lake littoral.  Ekol.  Pol. 26:3-39.
Paige, K.N. and T.G. Whitham. 1987. Overcompensation in response 
     to mammalian herbivory: The advantage of being eaten.
     American Naturalist 129: 407-416.
Palmer, M.  1986.  The impact of a change from permanent pasture 
     to cereal farming on the flora and invertebrate fauna of
     watercourses in the Pevensey Levels, Sussex.  Pp. 233-238 in
     Proc. EWRS/AAB 7th Symp. on aquatic weeds.
Palmisano, A. W., Jr.  1967.  Ecology of Scirpus olneyi and 
     Scirpus robustus in Louisiana coastal marshes.  M.S. Thesis,
     Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge.  145 pp.
Palmisano, A. W., Jr.  1972.  The effect of salinity on the 
     germination and growth of plants important to wildlife in
     the Gulf Coast marshes.  Proc. S.E. Assoc. Game Fish Comm.
Palmisano, A. W., Jr.  1970.  Plant community-soil relationships 
     in Louisiana coastal marshes.  Ph.D., Louisiana State
Palmisano, A. W., Jr., and J. D. Newsom.  1968.  Ecological 
     factors affecting occurrence of Scirpus olneyi and Scirpus
     robustus in the Louisiana coastal marshes.  Proc. Ann. Conf.
     S.E.  Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 21:161-172.
Pammel, T. H.  1917.  The vegetation of Iowa Lakes. pp 162-189 in
     State Highway Comm. on Iowa Lakes and lakebeds. 
Parker, P. L.  1964.  The biogeochemistry of the stable isotopes
     of carbon in a marine bay.  Geochim. Cosmochim.
Patriquin, D. G., and C. Keddy.  1978.  Nitrogenase activity
     (acetylene reduction) in a Nova Scotian Salt Marsh:  its
     association with agiosperms and the influence of some
     edaphic factors.  Aquat. Bot. 4:227-244.
Patten, B. C., Jr.  1956.  Notes on the biology of Myriophyllum
     spicatun L. in a New Jersey lake.  Bull.  Torrey Bot. Club
Paullin, D. G.  1973.  The ecology of submerged aquatic
     macrophytes of Red Rock Lakes National Wildlife Refuge,
     Montana.  M.S. Thesis, Univ. of Montana, Missoula. 171 pp. 
Paulus, S. L.  1982.  Feeding ecology of gadwalls in Louisiana in
     winter.  J. Wildl. Manage. 46:71-79.
Paulus, S. L. 1983.  Dominance relations, resource use, and 
     pairing chronology of gadwalls in winter.  Auk 100:947-952.
Payne, N. F. 1992.  Techniques for wildlife habitat management of
     wetlands.  McGraw-Hill, New York, NY. 549 pp.
Pearcy, R. W., and S. L. Ustin.  1984.  Effects of salinity on 
     growth and photosynthesis of three California tidal marsh
     species.  Oecologia 62:68-73.
Pearcy, R. W., D. E. Bayer, and S. L. Ustin.  1982.
     Salinity-productivity relationships of selected plant
     species from the Suisun Marsh, California.  Calif. Water
     Res. Center, University of California, Davis.  42 pp.
Pearsall, W. H., and E. Gorham.  1956.  Production ecology.  I.
     Standing crops of natural vegetation.  Oikos 7:193-201.
Pearsall, W. H.  1929.  Dynamic factors affecting aquatic
     vegetation. Proc. Int. Congr. Plant Sci. 1:667-672.
Pederson, G. B., and R. L. Pederson.  1983.  Feeding ecology of 
     pintails and mallards on Lower Klamath marshes.  Final
     report on U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv. Contr.
     14-16-0001-79106.  Humboldt State University Foundation,
     Arcata, CA.  89 pp.
Pederson, R. L., and A. G. van der Valk.  1984.  Vegetation 
     change and seed banks in marshes: Ecological and management
     implications.  Trans. N. Amer. Wildl. Natur. Resour. Conf.
Pederson, R. L., D. G. Jorde, and S. G. Simpson.  1989.  pp. 281-
     310 in  L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M. Kaminski,
     eds.  Habitat management for migrating and wintering
     waterfowl in North America.  Texas Tech. Univ. Press,
     Lubbock.  560 pp.
Pehrsson, O. 1980.  Skotsel av vatmarker for froproduktion - en 
     viktig fodoresurs for sjofagel.  Statens Naturvardsverk PM
     1244, Solna. (not seen, cited in Pehrsson 1988).
Pehrsson, O. 1988.  Effects of grazing and inundation on pasture 
     quality and seed production in a salt marsh.  Vegetatio
Pehrsson, O., J. Stensson, M. Ericsson, S. O. Bengtsson, S. 
     Jacobsson, and R. Floren.  1973.  Getterons fagelreservat.
     Skydd och vard.  Statens Naturvardsverk PM 423, Solna. (not
     seen, cited in Pehrsson 1988).
Pelikan, J.  1978.  Mammels in the reedswamp ecosystem.  pp.
     357-365 in (see Hejny and Husak 1978).
Peltier, W. H., and E. B. Welch.  1969.  Factors affecting growth
     of rooted aquatics in a river.  Weed.  Sci. 17:412-416. 
Peltier, W. H., and E. B. Welch.  1970.  Factors affecting growth
     of rooted aquatics in a reservoir.  Weed Sci. 18:7-9. 
Penfound, W., and E. S. Hathaway.  1938.  Plant communities in 
     the marshlands of southeastern Louisiana.  Ecol.  Monog.
Penfound, W. T.  1953.  Plant communities on Oklahoma Lakes.  
     Ecol. 34:561-583. 
Penfound, W. T.  1956.  Primary production of vascular aquatic
     plants. Limnol.  Oceanogr. 1:92-101. 
Penfound, William T.  1952.  An outline for ecological life
     histories of herbaceous vascular hydrophytes.  Ecol.
Penko, J. M.  1982.  A Bibliography of the Biology.  Ecology and
     Utilization of Typha.  Bio-energy Coord. Off. Univ.
     Minnesota, St. Paul.
Penko, J. M. 1985.  Ecological of Typha in Minnesota:  Typha
     insect interactions, and the productivity of floating
     stands.  M.S. thesis Univ. Minnesota, St. Paul.  307 pp.
Penko, J. M., and D. C. Pratt.  1987.  Inset herbivory in
     Minnesota Typha stands J. Freshw. Ecol. 4:235-244.
Penuelas, J., J. Murillo, and J. Azcom-Bieto.  1988.  Actual and
     potential dark respiration rates and different electron
     transport pathways in freshwater aquatic plants.  Aquat.
     Bot. 88:353-362.
Penuelas, J., and F. Sabater.  1987.  Distribution of macrophytes
     in relation to environmental factors in the Ter River, N.E.
     Spain.  Int. Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol. 72:41-58.
Percival, H. F., L. G. Webb, and N. R. Page.  1970.  Some
     ecological conditions under which selected waterfowl food
     plants grow in South Carolina. Proc. SE Assoc. Game Fish
     Comm. 24:121-126.
Perkins, C. J. 1968.  Controlled burning in the management of 
     muskrats and waterfowl in Louisiana coastal marshes.  pp.
     269-280 in Proc. Annu. Tall Timbers Fire Ecol. Conf. 
Perkins, E. J., and O. J. Abbott.  1972.  Nutrient enrichment and
     sand flat fauna.  Mar. Pollut. Bull. 3:70-72. 
Perret, N. G.  1962.  The spring and summer foods of the common
     mallard (Anas platyrhynchos platyrhynchos L.) in
     southcentral Manitoba.  M.S. Thesis, Univ. of British
     Columbia, Vancourver. 82 pp. 
Perry, M. C., and  F. M. Uhler.  1976.  Availability and
     utilization of canvasback food organisms in Chesapeake Bay. 
     Atl. Estuarine Res. Soc., Rehobeth Beach, Del. 25 pp.
Perry, M. C., and F. M. Uhler.  1982.  Food habits of diving 
     ducks in the Carolinas.  Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc.
     Fish and Wildl. Agencies 36:492-504.
Peter, R., Welsh, H., and Denny, Patrick.  1979.  The
     translocation of lead and copper in two submerged aquatic
     angiosperm species:  J. of Experim. Bot., v. 30, #115, p.
Peterka, J. J.  l986.  Effects of salinity on survial and
     reproductive success of fishes, upper Great Plains.  Proc. 
     North Dakota Acad.  Sci. 40:32. 
Peterka, J. J., and D. A. Hanson.  1978.  Annual report.  Procect
     F-32-R-1. Chemical and physical characteristics of the James
     River, from Arrowwood Refuge to the outflow of the Jamestown
     Dam, North Dakota.  North Dakota Game and Fish Dept.,
     Bismarck, N.D.  19 pp. 
Petkova, L. M., and I. P. Lubyanou.  1969.  Konsentratsiia
     deiakykh microelementiv u makrofitiv vodoim stepvoi zony
     Ukrainy. Ukr. Bot. Zh. 26:90-96 (not seen). 
Petrova, I. A.  1986.  Ash content of macrophytes in lakes of
     various types in the southern Urals.  Hydrobiol. J.
Peverly, J. H.  1985.  Element accumulation and release by
     macrophytes in a wetland stream.  J.Environ. Qual.
Philbrick, C. T., and G. J. Anderson.  1987.  Implications of
     pollen/ovule ratios and polen size for the reproductive
     biology of Potamogeton and autogamy in aquatic angiosperms. 
     Syst. Bot. 12:98-105. 
Philip, G.  1936.  An enalid plant association in the Humber
     Estuary. Journal of Ecology. 24:205-219. 
Philipp, C. C., and R. G. Brown.  1965.  Ecological studies of
     transition-zone vascular plants in South River, Maryland. 
     Chesapeake Sci. 6:73-81. 
Phillips, G. L., D. Eminson, and B. Moss. 1978.  A mechanism to
     account for macrophyte decline in progressively
     eutrophicated freshwaters. Aquat.  Bot. 4:103-126. 
Phillips, J.  1970.  Wisconsin's wetland soils.  A review.  Wisc.
     Dept. Natural Resour.  Res. Rep. 57. 27 pp. 
Phillips, J. C.  1923.  A natural history of the ducks.  Vol. II.
     The genus Anas.  Houghton Mifflin Co., N.Y. 409 pp.
Phillips, R. C.  1958.  Extension of the distribution of Ruppia
     maritima var. obliqua (Schur.) aschers. and graebn. Quart.
     J. Fla. Aca. Sci. 21:185-186. 
Phillips, R. C.  1960.  Observations on the ecology and
     distribution of the Florida sea grasses.  Professional
     Papers Series, Fla. Board Conserv. 2:1-72. 
Phillips, R. C.  1960.  The ecology of plants of Crystal Bay,
     Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 23:328-337. 
Pieczynska, E., and U. Sikorska, and T. Ozimek.  1975.  Influence
     of domestic sewage on the littoral zone of lakes.  Pol.
     Arch. Hydrobiol. 22:141-156. 
Pieczynska, E., and T. Ozimek.  1976.  Ecological significance of
     lake macrophytes.  Int. J. Ecol.  Environ.  Sci. 2:115-128. 
Pielou, E. C., and R. D. Routledge.  1976.  Salt marsh
     vegetation: Latitudinal gradients in the zonation patterns. 
     Oecologia 24:311-321.
Pierce, L. S., and B. H. Tiffney.  1986.  Holocene fruit, seed 
     and leaf flora from riverine sediments near New Haven,
     Connecticut.  Rhodora 88:229-252. 
Pigott, C. D. 1969.  Influence of mineral nutrition on the
     zonation of flowering plants in coastal salt marshes.  IN I.
     H. Rorison ed. Ecological aspects of the mineral nutrition
     of plants.  Blackwell Scientific, London.
Pip, E.  1978.  A survey of the ecology and composition of
     submerged aquatic snail-plant communities.  Can. J. Zool.
Pip, E.  1979.  Survey of the ecology of submerged aquatic
     macrophytes in central Canada.  Aquat.  Bot. 7:339-357. 
Pip, E.  1984.  Ecogeographical tolerance range variation in
     aquatic macrophytes.  Hydrobiologia. 108(1):37-48. 
Pip, E.  1987.  The ecology of Potamogeton species in central
     North America.  Hydrobiol. 153:203-216.
Pirnie, M. D.  1935.  Michigan waterfowl management.  Michigan
     Dept. Conserv., Game Div., Lansing. 328 pp. 
Podlejski, V. D.  1981.  Observations sur Scirpus maritimus L. en
     Camargue.  Ecol.  Mediterran. 7:63-78. 
Podlejski, V.  1982.  Phenology and seasonal above-ground biomass
     in two Scirpus maritimus marshes in the Camargue.  Folia
     Geobot.  Phytotax. 17:225-236. 
Poff, M. J.  1973.  Species composition, distribution and
     abundance of macrobenthic organisms in the intake and
     discharge area after construction and operation of the Cedar
     Bayou electric power station.  M.S. Thesis. Texas A&M Univ.,
     College Station.  300 pp. 
Polisini, J. M., and C. E. Boyd.  1972.  Relationships between
     cell-wall functions, nitrogen, and standing crop in aquatic
     macrophytes.  Ecology 53:484-488. 
Pomeroy, W. M., D. K. Gordon, and C. D. Levings.  1981. 
     experimental transplants of brackish and salt marsh species
     on the Fraser river estuary.  Environment Canada,
     Environmental Protection Service, Canad. Tech. Rep. Fish.
     Aquat. Sci. No. 1067.
Popp, M., and R. Albert.  1980.  Freie aminosauran und
     stickstoffgehalt in halophyten des Neusiedlersee-Gabietes. 
     Flora 170:229-239.
Portnoy, J. W., C. T. Roman, and M. A. Soukup.  1987.  Hydrologic
     and chemical impacts of diking and drainage of a small
     estuary (Cape Cod National Seashore):  effects on wildlife
     and fisheries.  Pp. 254-265 in W. R. Whitman and W. H.
     Meredith, eds.  Waterfowl and Wetlands Sympsoium.  Proc.
     Symp. Waterfowl Wetland Manage., in Coastal Zone of the
     Atlantic Flyway.  Delaware Coastal Manage. Prog., Delaware
     Rep. Nat. Resour. Environ. Control, Dover, DE.  522 pp.
Posluszny, U., and R. Sattler.  1974.  Floral development of 
     Ruppia maritima var. maritima.  Can. J. Bot. 52:1607-1612.
Pot, R. 1984.  The development of Potamogeton vegetation in the 
     Lauwersmeer.  Acta. Bot. Neerl. 33:361-362.
Potzger, J. E., and W. A. Van Engel.  1942.  Study of the rooted
     aquatic vegetation of Weber Lake, Vilas County, Wisconsin. 
     Transactions of Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and
     Letters 34:149-166. 
Powell, R. G., R. Bajaj, and J. L. McLaughlin.  1987.  Bioactive
     stilbenes of Scripus maritimus.  J. Natural Products
     (Lloydia) 50:293-296. 
Praeger, R. L. 1913.  On the buoyancy of the seeds of some
     Britannic plants.  Proc. Roy. Dub. Soc. 14:13-62.
Pratt, C. D., and N. J. Andrews.  1980.  Cattails (Typha spp.) as
     an energy source.  In (D. L. Klass, Symp. Chair.) Symp.
     Energy from Biomass and Wastes IV. Inst. Gas Technol.,
     Chicago, Ill. 
Prejs, K.  1987.  A field and laboratory study of the relation 
     between some stylet-bearing nematodes and some aquatic
     vascular plants.  Arch. Hydrobiol. 110:237-258.
Prejs, K.  1986a.  Nematodes as a possible cause of rhizome 
     damage in three species of Potamogeton. Hydrobiol.
Prejs, K.  1986b.  Occurrence of stylet-bearing nematodes
     associated with aquatic vascular plants. -Ekol pol.
Prentki, R. T., M. S. Adams, S. R. Carpenter, A. Gasith, L. S. 
     Smith, and P. R. Weiler.  1979.  The role of submersed
     weedbeds in internal loading and interception of
     allochthonous materials in Lake Wigra, Wisc, USA.  Archiv
     fur Hydrob.  Supp., 57, 221-250. 
Prentki, R. T., T. D. Gustafson, and M. S. Adams.  1978. 
     Nutrient movements in lakeshore marshes.  Pages 169-194 in
     R. E. Good, D. F. Whigham, and R. L. Simpson (eds.). 
     Freshwater wetlands:  Ecological processes and management
     potential.  Academic Press, New York.
Prevost, M. B., A. S. Johnson, and J. L. Landers.  1978. 
     Production and utilization of waterfowl foods in brackish
     impoundments in South Carolina.  Proc. Annu. Conf. SE Assoc.
     Fish Wildl. Agencies 32:60-70.
Prevost, M. B., and C. M. Gresham.  1981.  Artificial
     establishment of saltmarsh bulrush seedlings in South
     Carolina.  Wildl. Soc. Bull.  9:310-319.
Prevost, M. B.  1987.  Management of plant communities for
     waterfowl in coastal South Carolina. pp. 168-183 in  W. R.  
     Whitman and W. H. Meredith eds.  Waterfowl and wetlands     
     symposium: Waterfowl and Wetlands Management in Coastal Zone
     of the Atlantic Flyway.  Delaware Coastal Manage. Prog.,
     Delaware Dept. Nat. Resour. Environ. Control, Dover. 522 pp.
Price, J. S., K. Ewing, M-K Woo, and K. A. Kershaw.  1988.  
     Vegetation patterns in James Bay coastal marshes. II.
     Effects of hydrology on salinity and vegetation.  Can. J.
     Bot. 66:2586-2594.
Prophet, C. W., and B. A. Carrillo.  1979.  Gross primary
     productivity in a small Kansas Lake, based on continuous
     in-situ recordings, 24 March-31, June 1977.  Southwest. Nat.
Provost, M. W.  1959.  Impounding salt marshes for mosquito 
     control and its effects on bird life.  Fla. Nat. 32:163-170.
Provost, M. W.  1967.  Managing impounded salt marshes for
     mosquito control and estuarine resource conservation.  pp.
     163-171 in J. D. Newsom (ed.).  Proc. marsh and estuary
     manage. symp.  Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge.
Pulich, W. M., Jr.  1985.  Seasonal growth dynamics of Ruppia
     maritima L.s.l. and Halodule wrightii Aschers. in southern
     Texas and evaluation of sediment fertility status.  Aquat. 
     Bot. 23:53-66. 
Pulich, W. M., Jr.  1986.  Variations in leaf soluable amino 
     acids and ammonium content in subtropical seagrasses related
     to salinity stress.  Plant Physiol. 80:283-286.
Pulich, W. M., Jr.  1989.  Effects of rhizosphere macronutrients 
     and sulfide levels on the growth physiology of Halodule
     wrightii aschers and Ruppia maritima L. S. I.  J. Exp. Mar.
     Biol. Ecol. 127:69-80.
Purer, E. A.  1942.  Plant ecology of the coastal salt marshlands
     of San Diego County, California.  Ecol. Monogr. 12:81-111. 
Purohit, R.  1981.  Phytosociology, productivity, and growth 
     behavior of Potamogeton pectinatus in relation to
     physico-chemical limnology of the lake Naini Tal (India). 
     Ph.D. Thesis, Kumaun Univ., Naini Tal. 416 pp.
Purohit, R., and S. P. Singh.  1981.  Seasonal variation in 
     physico-chemical limnology of shallow zones of Nainitel
     Lake, western Himalaya (India). Proc. Indian Nat. Sci. Acad.
Purohit, R., S. P. Singh, and N. Upreti.  1986.  Effect of
     non-removal of the macrophyte biomass on the characteristics
     of water and plant community in Lake Naini Tal, U.P., India.
     Int. Rev. Hydrobiol.  71:245-257.
Putschog, V.  1973.  Role of macrophyte plant communities in the
     Nesyt fishpond. pp 153-155 in: (J.  Kvet, ed.)  Littoral of
     the Nesyt fishpond.  Ecological Studies.  Studdie CSAU 15,
     Academia.  Parha, Czechoslovakia. 172 pp. 
Quay, T. L., and T. S. Critcher.  1962.  Food habits of waterfowl
     in Currituck Sound, North Carolina.  Proc.  Southeastern
     Assoc. Game and Fish Commissioners 16:200-208. 
Rai, D. N., and U. P. Sharma.  1991.  Co-relation between
     macrophytic biomass and macro-invertebrate community
     structure in wetlands of North-Bihar.  Int. J. Ecol.
     Environ. Sci. 17:27-36.
Ramirez, C., and J. San Martin.  1984.  Hydrophilous vegetation 
     of a coastal lagoon in central Chile.  Int. J. Ecol.
     Environ. Sci. 10:93-110.
Ranwell, D. S. 1961.  Spartina marshes in Southern England. I.  
     The effects of sheep grazing at the upper limits of Spartina
     marsh in Bridgwater Bay.  J. Ecol. 49:325-340.
Ranwell, D. S. 1964.  Spartina salt marshes in Southern England. 
     II.  Rates of establishment, succession and nutrient supply
     at Bridgwater Bay, Somerset.  J. Ecol. 52:95-105.
Ranwell, D. S. 1972.  Ecology of salt marshes and sand dunes.  
     Chapman and Hall, London. 258 pp.
Ravanko, O.  1972.  The physiognomy and structure of the benthic
     macrophyte communities on rocky shores in the southwestern
     archipelago of Finland (Seili Islands).  Nova Hedwigia
Raven, J. A.  1970.  Exogenous inorganic carbon sources in plant
     photosynthesis. Biol. Rev. Camb.-Philos. Soc. 45:167-221.
Rawls, C. K.  1978.  Food habits of waterfowl in the Upper
     Chesapeake Bay, Maryland.  University of Maryland Center for
     Environ. Estuar. Stud., Solomons.  140 pp.
Rawson, D. S., and J. E. Moore.  1944.  The saline lakes of
     Saskatchewan. Can. J. Res. 22:141-201. 
Reed, A.  1989.  Use of a freshwater tidal marsh in the St. 
     Lawrence Estuary by greater snow geese.  Pp. 605-616 in R.
     R. Shartiz and J. W. Gibbons, eds.  Freshwater Wetlands and
     Wildlife Conf., DOE Symposium series No. 61,  U.S.
     Department of Energy, Office of Sci. and Tech. Infor., Oak
     Ridge, Tennessee.
Reed, P. B. Jr. 1988.  National list of plant species that occur 
     in wetlands: North plains (Region 4).  U.S. Fish Wildl.
     Serv. Biol. Rep. 88 (26.4).
Rees, T.K. 1935.  The marine algae of Loch Ine. J. Ecol. 23:69-
     133 (not seen, cited in Chapman 1974).
Reddy, K. R., and L. O. Bagnall.  1981.  Biomass production of
     aquatic plants used in agricultural drainage water
     treatment.  In: 2nd International Gas. Res. Conf. Proc. 
     Govt. Inst., Inc. Rockville, MD. pp. 376-390. 
Reddy, K. R., and K. M. Portier.  1987.  Nitrogen utilization by
     Typha latifolia L. as affected by temperature and rate of
     nitrogen application. Aquat. Bot., 27:127-138. 
Reed, S. E.  1979.  The distribution and seasonality of the
     Benthic Aquatic macrophytesof the Pamlico River Estuary,
     North Carolina.  M.S. Thesis, East Carolina University,
     Greenville, N.C.  55 pp. 
Reeders, H. H., M. E. P. van Schovbroeck, B. Gopal, and A. H. 
     Pieterse.  1986.  Aquatic weeds and their implications for
     agriculture in the Chambal irrigated area, Kota
     (Re'jasthan), India.  Pp. 251-255 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp.
     Aquat. Weeds.  European Weed Res. Soc. and Assn. Appl. Biol.
Reese, M. C.,and K. S. Lubinski.  1983.  A survey and annotated
     checklist of late summer aquatic and floodplain vascular
     flora, middle and lower pool 26, Mississippi and Illinois
     Rivers.  Castanea 48:305-316. 
Reimold, R. J.  1977.  Mangals and salt marshes of eastern United
     States.  Pp. 157-166 in V. J. Chapman, ed.  Ecosystems of
     the world I.  Wet coastal ecosystems.  Elsevier, New York. 
     428 pp.
Reimold, R. J., R. A. Linthurst, and P. L. Wolf.  1975.  Effects
     of grazing on a salt marsh.  Biol.  Conserv. 8:105-125. 
Reinink, K., and J. van der Toorn.  1975.  Effect of changes in 
     water-table on the vegetation development of reedbeds in the
     Zuid-Flevoland area.  Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch., Afd.
     Natuurk. 2e Reeks, 67:120-126.
Rejmanek, M., J.G. Gosselink, and S.E. Sasser. 1990. Herbivory-
     dependent facilitation succession in the Atchafalaya delta,
     Louisiana. Bulletin of the Ecological Society of America,
     Supplement to 71: 298.
Rejmankova, E. 1978.  Growth, production and nutrient uptake of 
     duckweeds in fishponds and in experimental culture.  pp.
     278-284 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds.  Pond littoral
     ecosytems.  Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag. 
     N.Y. 464 pp.
Rendle, A. B.  1930.  The classification of flowering plants.  
     Vol. 1. Cambridge Univ.  Press, England. 
Reynolds, J. D., and S. C. P. Reynolds.  1975.  Aquatic
     angiosperms of some British Columbia saline lakes.  Syesis.
Reznicek, J. 1973.  The population of waterfowl on the Opatovicky
     fishpond in the summer periods of 1970, 1971 and 1972. pp.
     220-223 in S. Hejny ed., Ecosystem study on wetland biome in
     Czechoslovakia.  Czechosl. IBP/PT-PP Rep. No. 3.  Trebon.
Rich, P. H., R. G. Wetzel, and N. Van Thuy.  1971.  Distribution,
     production, and role of aquatic macrophytes in a southern
     Michigan marl lake.  Freshwater Biol. 1:3-21. 
Rich, P. H.  1966.  Productivity of Aquatic Macrophytes at Erie
     Marsh.  Michigan State Univ., M.S. Thesis.  103 pp.
Richardson, F. D.  1980.  Ecology of Ruppia maritima L. in New
     Hampshire (U.S.A.) tidal marshes.  Rhodora 82:403-439.
Rickett, H. W.  1922.  A quantitative study of the larger aquatic
     plants of Lake Mendota.  Trans.  Wisc.  Acad.  Arts Sci.
     Lett. 20:501-527. 
Rickett, H. W.  1924.  A quantitative study of the larger aquatic
     plants of Green Lake, Wisconsin.  Trans.  Wisc.  Acad.  Arts
     Sci. Lett. 21:381-414. 
Ridley, H. N.  1930.  The dispersal of plants throughout the
     world.  L. Reeve and Co., Ltd., London.  744 pp. (Not seen,
     cited by Kadlec and Wentz 1974).
Riemer, D. N., and S. J. Toth.  1968.  A survey of the chemical
     composition of aquatic plants in New Jersey.  N.J. Agr. Exp.
     Sta., Coll. Agric. Environ. Sci., Rutgers Univ., Bull. 820. 
     14 pp. 
Riley, C. V.  1954.  The utilization of reclaimed coal striplands
     for the production of wildlife.  Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 
Riley, J. L., and S. M. McKay.  1980.  The vegetation and
     phytogeography of Coastal Southwestern James Bay.  Life Sci.
     Cont., Royal Ontario Mus. No. 124.  81 pp.
Ristich, S. S., S. W. Frederick, and E. H. Buckley.  1976. 
     Transplantation of Typha and the distribution of vegetation
     and algae in a reclaimed estuarine marsh. Bull. Torrey Bot.
     Club. 103:157-164.
Rivard, P. G., and P. M. Woodard.  1988.  Light, ash, and pH 
     effects on the germination and seedling growth of Typha
     latifolia (cattail).  Can. J. Bot. 67:2783-2787.
Robarts, R. D.  1976.  Primary productivity of the upper reaches
     of a South African estuary (Swartvlei).  J. Exp. Mar. Biol.
     Ecol. 24:93-102. 
Robarts, R. D., and B. R. Allanson.  1977.  Meromixis in the
     lake-like upper reaches of a South African estuary.  Archiv
     fur Hydrobiologie. 80:531-540. 
Robel, R. J.  1961a.  Water depth and turbidity in relation to
     growth of sago pondweed.  J. Wildl. Manage. 25:436-438. 
Robel, R. J.  1961b.  The effects of carp populations on the
     production of waterfowl food plants on a western waterfowl
     marsh.  Trans.  N. Am. Wildl. and Nat. Resour.  Conf.
Robel, R. J.  1962.  Changes in submerged vegetation following a
     change in water level.  J. Wildl. Manage. 26:221-224.
Robson, T. O.  1976.  A review of the distribution of aquatic 
     weeds in the tropic and sub-tropics. pp. 25-30 in C. K.
     Varshney and J. Rzoska, eds.  Aquatic weeds in S.E. Asia. 
     Dr. W. Junk, The Hague.
Rogers, J. P., and L. J. Korschgen.  1966.  Foods of lesser 
     scaups on breeding, migration, and wintering areas.  J.
     Wildl. Manage. 30:258-264.
Rollins, G. L.  1973.  Relationships between soil salinity and 
     the salinity of applied water in the Suisun marsh of
     California.  Calif. Fish and Game 59:5-35.
Round, F. E.  1971.  The growth and succession of algal
     populations in freshwaters.  Mitt. Int. Verein. Theor.
     Angew. Limnol. 19:70-99.
Rozas, L. P., and R. J. Zimmerman.  1994.  Comparing nekton 
     habitat use in upper Galveston Bay to develop design
     criteria for creating ecologically functional salt marshes. 
     p. 41 in Soc. Wetland Scientists 15th Annual Meeting.
Rozema, J., F. Dorel, R. Janissen, G. Lenssen, R. Broekman, W. 
     Arp, and B. G. Drake.  1991.  Effect of elevated atmospheric
     CO2 on growth, photosynthesis and water relations of salt
     marsh grass species.  Aquat. Bot. 39:45-55.
Rozkowska, A. D., and A. Rozkowski.  1969.  Seasonal changes of
     slough and lake water chemistry in southern Saskatchewan
     (Canada).  Jour.  Hydrol. 7:1-13. 
Roznik, F. D.  1978.  Response of the yellow-headed blackbird to
     vegetation and water level changes in the coastal marshed of
     Green Bay.  MS Thesis. Univ. Wisconsin-Green Bay. 99 pp.
Ruttner, F.  1947.  Zur Frage der Karbonatassimilation der
     Wasserpflanzen.I.  Teil.  Die beiden Haupttypen der
     Kohlenstoffaufnahme. Osterreichische Bot.Z. 94:265-294. 
Ryan, J. B., D. N. Riemer, and S. J. Toth.  1972.  Effects of
     fertilization on aquatic plants, water and bottom sediments.
     Weed Sci. 20:482-486. 
Ryan, J. B., and D. N. Riemer.  1975.  Copper toxicity symptoms 
     in sago pondweed, Potamogeton pectinatus.  Proc. Northeast
     Weed Sci. Soc. 29:108-113. 
Ryder, R. A.  1951.  Waterfowl Production in the San Luis Valley,
     Colorado.  M.S. Thesis.  Colorado State Univ., Ft. Collins. 
     166 pp. 
Sack, F. D., A. C. Leopold, and F. A. Hoekstra.  1988. 
     Structural correlates of imbiblitional injury in typha
     pollen.  Am. J. Bot. 75:570-578.
Saenger, P., M. M. Specht, R. L. Specht, and V. J. Chapman.  
     1977.  Mangal and coastal salt marsh communities in
     Australia.  Pp. 293-345 in V. J. Chapman, ed.  Ecosystems of
     the world 1.  Wet coastal ecosystems.  Elsevier, New York. 
     420 pp.
Sahai, R., and A. B. Sinha.  1976.  Productivity of submerged 
     macrophytes in polluted and non-polluted resions of the
     eutrophic lake, Ramgarh (V.P.) pp 131-140 in C. K. Varshney
     and J. Rzoska, eds.  Aquatic weeds in SE Asia.  Dr. W. Junk,
     The Hague.
Saiki, M. K., and T. P. Lowe.  1987.  Selenium in aquatic
     organisms from subsurface agricultural drainage water, San
     Joaquin Valley, California.  Archives of Environmental
     Contamination and Toxicology.  16:657-670.
Sale, P. J. M., and R. G. Wetzel.  1983.  Growth and metabolism 
     of Typha species in relation to cutting treatments.  Aquat.
     Bot. 15:321-334. 
Salyer, J. C. II.  1949.  Propagation of wild duck foods.  U.S. 
     Fish and Wildl. Serv., Branch of Wildl. Refuges Wildl.
     Manage. Ser. No. 1 (revised).  23 pp.
Sandifer, P. A., J. V. Miglarese, D. R. Calder, et al.  1980.  
     Ecological characterization of the Sea Island coastal region
     of South Carolina and Georgia.  Vol. III:  Biological
     features of the characterization area.  U.S. Fish and Wildl.
     Serv., Off. of Biol. Serv., Washington, DC.  FWS/OBS-79/42. 
     620 pp.
Sand-Jensen, K.  1983.  Photosynthetic carbon sources of stream
     macrophytes. J. Exp. Bot. 34:198-210. 
Sand-Jensen, K., and D. M. Gordon.  1984.  Differential ability 
     of marine and freshwater macrophytes to utilize HCO3 and
     CO2.  Mar. Biol. 80:247-253. 
Sasser, C. E. 1977.  Distribution of vegetation in Louisiana 
     coastal marshes as response to tidal flooding.  M.S. Thesis,
     Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge. 40 pp.
Saunders, G. B., and D. C. Saunders.  1981.  Waterfowl and their 
     wintering grounds in Mexico, 1937-64.  U.S. Fish and Wildl.
     Serv. Resour. Pub. 138.
Sauvageau, M. C.  1894.  Notes biologiques sur les potamogeton. 
     J. de Botanique 8. (not seen). 
Schiemer, F., and M. Prosser.  1976.  Distribution and biomass of
     submerged macrophytes in Neusiedlersee.  Aquat.  Bot.
Schindler, D. W.  1978.  Factors regulating phytoplankton
     production and standing crop in the world's fresh waters. 
     Limnol. and Oceanogr. 23:478-486. 
Schloesser, D. W., T. A. Edsall, and B. A. Manny.  1985.  Growth 
     of submersed macrophyte communities in the St. Clair-Detroit
     River System between Lakes Huron and Erie.  Can. J. Bot.
Schmid, W. D.  1965.  Distribution of aquatic vegetation as
     measured by line intercept with scuba.  Ecology 46:816-823.
Schneider, J. C.  1965.  Further studies on the benthic ecology 
     of Sugar Loaf Lake, Washtenaw County, Michigan.  Pap. Mich. 
     Acad. Sci., Arts Lett. 50:11-29. 
Schroder, R. 1979.  Decline of reed swamps in Lake
     Constance. Symp. Biologica Hungarica 19:43-48.
Schwartz, D. P., O. E. Maughan, and G. E. Gebhart.  1986. 
     Effectiveness of blue tilapia as a weed control agent in
     ponds.  Prog. Fish-Cult. 48:259-263. 
Schroeder, R. A., D. U. Palawski, and J. P. Skorupa.  1988.  
     Reconnaissance investigation of water quality, bottom
     sediment, and biota associated with irrigation drainage in
     the Tulare Lake Bed area, southern San Joaquin Valley,
     California, 1986-87.  U.S. Geol. Surv., Water-Res. Invet.
     Rept. 88-4001.
Schuler, C. A.  1987.  Impacts of agricultural drainwater and 
     contaminants on wetlands at Kesterson Reservoir, California. 
     M.S. Thesis, Oregon State University, Corvallis.  136 pp.
Schuyler, A. E. 1975.  Scirpus cylindricus: An ecologically 
     restricted eastern North American tuberous bulrush. 
     Bartonia 43:29-37.
Scott, K. M. F., A. D. Harrison, and W. Macnae.  1952.  The 
     ecology of South African estuaries.  Part II.  The Klein
     River Estuary, Hermanus, Cape. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr.
Scott, K. M. F.  1954.  Notes on the birds of the Diep River and
     Riet Vlei.  Ostrich 25:25-31.
Scott, T. G., and C. H. Wasser.  1980.  Checklist of North
     American plants for wildlife biologists.  The Wildlife
     Society, Washington, D.C.  58 pp.
Sculthorpe, C. D.  1967.  The biology of aquatic vascular plants.
     Edward Arnold Ltd., London. 610 pp. 
Seddon, B.  1972.  Aquatic macrophytes as limnological
     indicators.  Freshwater Biol. 2:107-130. 
Seeliger, V., C. Cordazzo, and E. W. Koch.  1984.  Germination 
     and algae-free laboratory culture of Widgeon Grass, Ruppia
     martima.  Estuaries 7:176-178.
Sefton, D. F.  1977.  Productivity and biomass of vascular
     hydrophytes on the upper Mississippi.  Pages 53-61 in C.B.
     Dewitt and E. Soloway (eds.).  Wetlands ecology, values, and
     impacts: proceedings of the Waubesa Conference on Wetlands,
     Institue for Environmental Studies, Univ. of
Segadas-Vianna, F.  1951.  A Phytosociological and ecological
     study of cattail stands in Oakland County, Michigan.  J.
     Ecol. 39:316-329. 
Seidel, K.  1971.  Macrophytes as functional elements in the 
     environment of man.  Hidrobiologia (Bucharest) 12:121-130.
Seidel, K.  1976.  Macrophyte and water pollution.  Pp. 109-121 
     in J. Tourbier and R. W. Pierson, eds.  Biological control
     of water pollution.  Univ. of Pennsylvania Press,
     Philadelphia.  340 pp.
Seidelin Raunkiaer, A., and J. Boye Petersen.  1917.  In: 
     Wesenberg Lund, C., Sand, M.J. Boye Petersen, J., Weidilin
     Raunkiaer, A., and C.M. Steeberg.Furesostudier, K. Dan
     Vidensk.  Selsk Skr. Nat. Mat. Afd., Rackke 8,3, No.1:58-77
     (cited in Hutchinson, 1975) 
Serie, J. R., and G. A. Swanson.  1976.  Feeding ecology of 
     breeding gadwalls on saline wetlands.  J. Wildl.  Manage.
Setchell, W. A.  1924.  Ruppia and its environmental factors. 
     Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 10:286-288. 
Setchell, W. A.  1946.  The genue Ruppia L. Proc. Calif. Acad. 
     Sci. 25:469-478. 
Severson, R. C., S. A. Wilson, and J. M. McNeal.  1987.  Analyses
     of bottom material collected at nine areas in the western
     United States for the DOI irrigation drainage task group: 
     U.S. Geol. Surv. Open-File Rept. 87-490.  24 pp.
Sewell, R. W.  1989.  Floral and Faunal colonization of restored 
     wetlands in west-central Minnesota and northeastern South
     Dakota.  M.S. Thesis, South Dakota State Univ., Brookings. 
     46 pp.
Shaffer, G., C.E. Sasser, J.G. Gosselink, and M. Rejmanek. 1990. 
     A decade of vegetation dynamics in the emergent Atchafalaya
     Delta, Louisiana. Bulletin of the Ecological Society of
     America, Supplement to 71: 322-323.
Sharma, K. P., and B. Gopal.  1979.  Effect of water regime on 
     the growth and establishment of Typha angustata seedlings.
     Int. J. Ecol., and Env. Sci. 5:69-74.
Sharma, K. P., and B. Gopal.  1978.  Seed germination and
     occurrence of seedlings of Typha species in nature.  Aquat. 
     Bot. 4:353-358. 
Sharp, V., and P. Denny.  1976.  Electron microscope studies on
     the absorption and localization of lead in the leaf tissue
     of Potamogeton pectinatus L.  J. Exp. Bot. 27:1155-1162.
Sharp, W. M.  1939.  Propagation of Potamogeton and Sagittaria 
     from seeds. Trans.  N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 4:351-358. 
Shaver, G. R., and J. M. Melillo.  1984.  Nutrient Budgets of 
     Marsh Plants:  Efficiency concepts and relation to
     availability.  The Ecosystem Center, Marine Biological Lab.,
     Woods Hole, Mass.  Ecology., 65 (5) pp. 1491-1510. 
Shay, J. M., and C. T. Shay.  1986.  Prairie marshes in western 
     Canada, with specific reference to the ecology of five
     emergent macrophytes.  Can. J. Bot. 64:443-454.
Shearer, L. A., B. J. Jahn, and L. Lenz.  1969.  Deterioration of
     duck foods when flooded.  J. Wildl. Manage. 33:1012-1015.
Shekhor, A. G.  1974.  Effect of nowing times on regeneration of
     reed and redmace growths.  Hydro. biol. Journ. 10:61-65.
Sheldon, R. B., and C. W. Boylen.  1977.  Maximum depth inhabited
     by aquatic vascular plants.  Amer. Midl. Nat. 97:248-254.
Sheldon, S. P.  1987.  The effect of herbivorous snails on
     submerged macrophyte communities in Minnesota Lakes.  Ecol.
Shellhammer, H. S., R. Jackson, W. Davilla, A. M. Gilroy, H. T. 
     Harvey, and L. Simons.  1982.  Habitat preferences of salt
     marsh harvest mice (Reithrodontomys raviventris).  Wasmann
     J. Biol. 40:102-114.
Sherwood, G. A.  1959.  The whistling swan in the Great Salt Lake
     Valley of Utah.  M.S. Thesis.  Utah State Univ.  Logan.
Sheffer, V. B., and R. J. Robinson.  1939.  A limnological study 
     of Lake Washington.  Ecol. Monogr. 9:97-143. 
Shubert, L. E.  1982.  Periphyton production in a saline prairie
     pothole. N.D. Acad. Sci., Proc. 36:48. (Abstr.).
Shisler, J. K. 1990.  Creation and restoration of coastal
     wetlands of the northeastern United States. pp. 143-170 in
     J.A. Kusler and M. E. Kentula eds. Wetland creation and
     restoration.  The status of the science.  Inland Press,
     Washington, D.C.  594 pp.
Sifton, H. B.  1959.  The germination of light-sensitive seeds of
     Typha latifolia L. Can. J. Bot. 37:719-739. 
Sigler, W. F.  1948.  Aquatic and shore vegetation of Spirit 
     Lake, Dickenson County, Iowa.  Iowa State Coll.  Jour. Sci.
Sigler, W. F.  1958.  The ecology and use of carp in Utah.  Utah
     State Univ., Logan Agric. Expt. Sta. Bull. 405.  63 pp. 
Sigua, G. C., and W. H. Hudnall.  1992.  Nitrogen and gypsum: 
     Management tools for revegetation and productivity
     improvement of brackish marsh in southwest Louisiana. 
     Commun. Soil Sci. Plant Anal. 23:283-299.
Siira, J. 1970. Studies in the ecology of the seashore meadows of
     the Bothnian Bay with special reference to the Liminka area. 
     Aquilo Ser. Bot. 9:1-109.
Simmons, E. G.  1957.  An ecological survey of the upper Laguna
     Madre of Texas.  Publ.  Inst.  Mar. Sci. Univ.  Tex.
Simpson, H. E.  1912.  Physiography of the Devils-Stump Lake
     Region, North Dakota.  N.D. Geol.  Surv. 6th Bien.  Rep. pp.
Sincock, J. L.  1962.  Estimating consumption of food by
     wintering waterfowl populations.  Proc.  Southeastern Assoc. 
     Game and Fish Commissioners 16:217-221. 
Sincock, J. L.  1965.  Data Report - Back Bay, Virginia and
     Currituck Sound, North Carolina Cooperative Investigations. 
     Patuxent Wildlife Research Center, Laurel, Maryland. 1600
Singh, S. P.  1981.  Physico-chemical characteristics and
     macrophytes of "Naukuchiya Tal" a mid altitude lake of
     Kumaun Himalaya (India) Tropical Ecol. 22(1):40-53. 
Singhal, P. K., and J. S. Singh.  1978.  Ecology of Naina tal 
     Lakes; morphometry and macrophyte vegetation.  Tropical
     Ecology. 19(2):178-188. 
Singleton, J. R.  1951.  Production and utilization of waterfowl
     food plants on the east Texas Gulf Coast.  J. Wildl. 
     Manage. 15:46-56. 
Sinha, A. B.  1970.  Studies on the bioecology and production of 
     Ramgarh Lake, Gorakhpur. Ph.D. Thesis, Gorakhpur Univ. (not
     seen, cited in Purohit (1981)).
Skinner, J., and M. Smart.  1984.  The El Kala wetlands of
     Algeria and their use by waterfowl.  Wildfowl 35:106-118.
Skrdla, M. P. 1992.  A Guide to Map and Image Processing System. 
     Microimages Inc., Lincoln, NE. 320 pp.
Sletten, K. K., and G. E. Larson.  1984.  Possible relationships
     between surface water chemistry and aquatic plants in the
     northern Great Plains.  Proc. S.D. Acad. Sci. 63:70-76.
Sloan, C. E.  1970.  Biotic and hydrologic variables in prairie
     potholes in North Dakota.  J. Range Manage. 23:260-263.
Small, E., and J. D. Gaynor.  1975.  Comparative concentrations 
     of twelve elements in substrates and leaves of Scirpus
     validus and other aquatic plant species in a sewage lagoon
     and in unpolluted habitats.  Can. Field-Nat. 89:41-45. 
Smeins, F. E.  1965.  The grassland and marshes of Nelson County,
     North Dakota.  M.S. Thesis, University of Saskatchewan,
     Saskatoon. 82 pp. 
Smeins, F. E.  1967.  The wetland vegetation of the Red River
     Valley and drift prairie regions of Minnesota, North Dakota
     and Manitoba.  Ph.D. Thesis.  University of Saskatchewan,
     Saskatoon. 226 pp. 
Smid, P., and K. Priban.  1978.  Microclimate in fishpond
     littoral ecosystems.  pp. 104-112 in (D. Dykyjova and J.
     Kvet eds.).  Pond littoral ecosystems.  Springer-Verlag, New
     York.  464 pp.
Smit, C. J., J. den Hollander, J. W. K. R. E. van Wingerden, and 
     W. J. Wolf. eds. 1981.  Terrestrial and freshwater fauna of
     the Wadden Sea area.  Wadden Sea Working Group Rpt. No. 10. 
     Rotterdam: Balkema. (not seen, cited in Adam 1990).
Smith, C. S., M. S. Adams, and T. D. Gustafson.  1988.  The
     importance of belowground mineral element stores in cattails
     (Typha latifolia L.).  Aquat. Bot. 30:343-352.
Smith I.  1979.  Hydraulic conditions in isothermal lakes. 
     Freshw. Biol. 9:119-145. 
Smith, J. D.  1946.  The canvasback in Minnesota.  Auk. 63:73-81.
Smith, L. M.  1983.  Effects of prescribed burning on the ecology
     of a Utah marsh.  Ph.D. Thesis.  Utah State University,
     Logan. 158 pp. 
Smith, L.M. l988. Lack of herbivory in playa wetlands. Wetlands 
     8: 193-197.
Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec.  1986.  Habitat management for 
     wildlife marshes of Great Salt Lake.  Trans. North Am.
     Wildl. and Resour. Conf. 51:222-231.
Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec.  1985a.  The effects of
     disturbance on marsh seed banks.  Can. J. Bot. 63:2133-2137.
Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec.  1985b.  Comparisons of
     prescribed burning and cutting of Utah marsh plants.  Great
     Basin Nat. 45:462-466.
Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec.  1985c.  Fire and herbivory in a 
     great salt lake marsh.  Ecol. 66:259-265. 
Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec.  1985d.  Predictions of
     vegetation change following fire in a Great Salt Lake marsh. 
     Aquat. Bot. 21:43-51. 
Smith, L. M., J. A. Kadlec, and P. V. Fonnesbeck.  1984.  Effects
     of prescribed burning on nutritive quality of marsh plants
     in Utah.  J. Wildl. Manage. 48:285-288. 
Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec.  1983.  Seed banks and their role
     during drawdown of a North American marsh.  J. Appl. Ecol.
Smith, M. M.  1951.  The winter foods of river and pond ducks in 
     the Phoenix area of plaque mines - Parish, Louisiana.  M.S.
     Thesis.  Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rougt.  56 pp.
Smith, R. S., and S. P. Rushton.  1994.  The effects of grazing 
     management on the vegetation of mesotrophic (meadow)
     grassland in northern England.  J. Appl. Ecol. 31:13-24.
Smith, S. G.  1967.  Experimental and natural hybrids in North
     American Typha (Typhaceae).  Am. Midl. Nat. 78:257-287. 
Smith, S. G.  1973.  Ecological studies of the surface waters of
     the White water Creek watershed, Walworth, Rock and
     Jefferson Counties, Wisc. Univ. of Wisc.  Water Resour.  
     Center, Madison. 75 pp. 
Smith, S. G.  1986.  The cattails (Typha):  interspecific
     ecological differences and problems of identification. 
Smith, S. G. 1995.  New combinations in North American
     Schoenoplectus, Bolboschoenus, Isolepis, and Trichophorum
     (Cyperaceae).  Novon 5:97-102.
Smith, T. J., III., and W. E. Odum.  1981.  The effects of
     grazing by snow geese on coastal salt marshes.  Ecology
Smith, T. J., III.  1983.  Alteration of a salt marsh plant 
     community composition by grazing snow geese.  Holarctic
     Ecol. 6:204-210.
Snow, J. R.  1949.  Control of pondweeds with 2,4-D.  Prog. Fish
     Cult. 11:105-108. 
Snow, J. R.  1957.  A preliminary report on the comparative
     testing of some of the newer herbicides.  Proc. S.E. Assoc.
     Game and Fish Comm. 11:125-132. 
Snyder, R. L., and C. E. Boyd.  1987.  Evapotranspiration by
     Eichhornia crassipes (Mart.) Solms and Typha latifolia L. 
     Aquat. Bot. 27:217-227. 
Sobrero, M. T., O. A. Fernandez, and M. R. Sabbatini.  1993.  
     Seed germination of Typha subulata in relation to weed
     management.  J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 31:98-100.
Sofield, R. K., and E. J. Hansens.  1982.  Notes on biology of 
     Hybomitra daeckei (Hine) (Diptera: Tabanidae).  Ent. News
Soileau, D. M.  1968.  Vegetative reinvasion of experimentally 
     treated plots in a brackish marsh.  M. S. Thesis, Louisiana
     State University, Baton Rouge.  75 pp.
Sojda, R. S., and K. L. Solberg.  1993.  Management and control 
     of cattails.  U. S. Dept. Int., Fish and Wildl. Serv., Fish
     Wild. Lflt. 13.4.13
Soper, J. D.  1946.  Report on wildlife investigations conducted
     at Prairie Farm Rehabilitation Act projects in Saskatchewan
     and Alberta, with special reference to waterfowl.  Suppl.
     No. 2.  National Parks Bur., Lands, Parks and Forests
     Branch, Dept. of Mines and Resour. Winnipeg, Manitoba.  
     92 pp. 
South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium. 1986.  South Carolina
     coastal wetland impoundments: Ecological characterization,
     management, status, and use. Vol. II.  Technical synthesis. 
     Tech. Rep. SC-SG-TR-86-2. Charleston, S.C.
South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium.  1987.  South Carolina 
     coastal wetland impoundments: Management implications. 
     Tech. Rep. SC-SG-TR-87-1.  Charleston, S.C.
Southwick, C. H., and F. W. Pine.  1975.  Abundance of submerged
     vascular vegetation in the Rhode River from 1966 to 1973. 
     Chesapeake Sci. 16:147-151. 
Sozska, G. J.  1975.  Ecological relations between invertebrates
     and submerged macrophytes in the lake littoral.  Ekol. Pol.
Spence, D. H. N.  1982.  The zonation of plants in freshwater 
     lakes. pp. 37-125 in: (A. Macfayden and E. D. Ford, eds.).
     Advances in ecological research 12.  Acad. Press, New York.
     252 pp.
Spence, D. H. N., A. M. Barclay, and P. C. Bodkin.  1979. 
     Limnology and macrophytic vegetation of Loch Obisary, a deep
     brackish lake in the Outer Hebrides.  Proc.  Royal Soc. of
     Edinburgh. 788:123-138.
Spence, D. H. N., Allen, E. D., and Graser, J.  1979a.  The
     macrophytic vegetation of fresh and brackish waters in the
     around Loch Druidibeg National Nature Reserve, South Uist,
     Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 77B, 267-280.
Spence, D. H. N., and J. Chrystal.  1970a.  Photosynthesis and
     zonation of freshwater macrophytes.  I. Depth distribution
     and shade tolerance. New. Phytol. 69:205-215. 
Spence, D. H. N.  1967.  Factors controlling the distribution of
     freshwater macrophytes with particular reference to the
     lochs of Scotland.  J. Ecol. 55:147-170. 
Spence, D. H. N.  1964.  The macrophyte vegetation of fresh-water
     lochs, swamps and associated fens pp 306-425.  In: The
     Vegetation of Scotland (ed. by J. H. Burnett).  Oliver and
     Boyd, Edinburgh.  613 pp.
Spencer, D. F.  1987.  Tuber size and planting depth influence
     growth of Potemogeton pectinatus L. Am. Midl. Nat. 118:77-84
Spencer, D. F., and Anderson, L. W. J.  1987.  Influence of
     photoperiod on growth, pigment composition and vegetative
     propagule formation for Potamogeton nodosus Poir. and
     Potamogeton pectinatus L. Aquat. Bot., 28:103-112. 
Spencer, D. F., and G. G. Ksander.  1987.  Comparison of three 
     methods for extracting chlorophyll from aquatic macrophytes. 
     J. Freshw. Ecol. 4:201-208.
Spencer, D. F.  1986.  Early growth of Potamogeton pectinatus L.
     in response to temperature and irradiance: morphology and
     pigment composition.  Aquatic Bot. 26:1-8. 
Spencer, D. F.  1986b.  Tuber demography and its consequences for
     Potamogeton pectinatus L.  Proc. 7th Sym. Aquat. Weeds,
     Loughborough.  Pp. 321-325.
Spencer, D. F., G. G. Ksander, and L. C. Whitehand.  1989.  Sago 
     pondweed (Potamogeton pectinatus) tuber size influences its
     response to fluridone treatment.  Weed Sci. 37:250-253.
Spencer, D. F., W. van Vierssen, F. J. Ryan, and G. G. Ksander.  
     1993.  Influence of photoperiod and plant weight on tuber
     production by Potamogeton pectinatus L. J. Freshw. Ecol.
Spencer, C. N., and D. L. King.  1984.  Role of fish in
     regulation of plant and animal communities in eutrophic
     ponds.  Can. J. Fish Aquat. Sci. 41:1851-1855.
Spencer, H. E., Jr.  1953.  The cinnamon teal, Anas cyanoptera 
     (Vieillot): its life history, ecology, and management.  M.S.
     Thesis, Utah State University, Logan.  184 pp.
Sperry, C. C.  1940.  Food habits of a group of shorebirds:
     woodcock, snipe, knot and dowitcher.  U.S. Dep. Int. Bur.
     Biol. Surv. Wildl. Resear. Bull. 1.  37 pp. 
Spiller, S. F., and R. H. Chabreck.  1976.  Wildlife populations 
     in coastal marshes influenced by weins.  Proc. Annu. Conf.
     SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 29:518-525.
Spink, A. J., K. J. Murphy, S. M. Smith, and D. F. Westlake.  
     1993.  Effects of eutrophication on Ranunculus and
     Potamogeton.  J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 31:113-117.
Spinner, G. P., and J. S. Bishop.  1950.  Chemical analysis of 
     some wildlife foods in Connecticut.  J. Wildl. Manage.
Springer, P. F., and R. F. Darsie, Jr.  1956.  Studies on
     mosquito breeding in natural and impounded coastal salt
     marshes in Delaware during 1955.  Proc. N.J. Mosq. Exterm.
     Assoc. 43:74-79.
St John, H., and W. D. Courtney.  1924.  The flora of Epsom Lake.
     Am. J. Bot. 11:100-107. 
St. John, H.  1916.  A revision of the North American species of
     Potamogeton of the section Coleophyllis.  Rhodora
Stake, E.  l968.  Higher vegetation and phosphorus in a small
     stream in central Sweden.  Schweiz. Z. Hydrol. 30:353-373. 
Stalter, R.  1973.  Factors influencing the distribution of
     vegetation of the Cooper River estuary.  Castanea 38:18-24.
Staver, K. W., W. R. Boynton, and W. M. Kemp.  1981.  The
     Epifauna communities associated with two different submerged
     grass beds in the Euryhaline Region of the Chesapeake Bay. 
     Pp. 401-422 in: (Kemp, J. C.; Stevenson, W. R.; Boynton, J.
     C.; Means, eds.) submerged aquatic vegetation in Chesapeake
     Bay: Its ecological role in bay ecosystems and factors
     leading to its decline. Horn Point Environmental Lab., Univ.
     of Md., Cambridge, MD. 
Stebbings, R. E.  1970.  Recovery of salt marsh in Brittany 
     sixteen months after heavy pollution by oil.  Environ.  Pol.
Steeman Nielsen, E.  1954.  On the preference of some freshwater
     plants in Finland for brackish water.  Bot. Tidsskr.
Steeman Nielsen, S.  1944.  Dependence of freshwater plants on
     quantity of carbon dioxide and hydrogen ion concentration. 
     Dansk. bot.  Ark. 11:1-25. 
Steenis, J. H., L. P. Smith, and H. P. Cofer.  1958.  Studies on
     cattail management in the northeast.  Trans. N.E. Wildl. 
     Conf. 10:149-155. 
Steenis, J. H.  1939.  Marsh management on the Great Plains
     waterfowl refuges.  Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 4:400-405.
Steenis, J. H.  1932.  Lakes of Sawyer County.  Bull.  Wis. Dept.
     Agric. and Markets, No. 138. 53 pp.
Steffeck, D. W., L. Reed, F. L. Paveglio, Jr., and C. E.
     Korschgen.  1985.  Distribution of aquatic plants in Keokuk
     Pool (Navigation Pool 19) of the Upper Mississippi River. 
     Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 92:111-114. 
Sterling, M. R.  l970.  Seasonal utilization of sago pondweed by
     waterfowl at Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge, Utah.  M.S.
     Thesis.  Utah State Univ., Logan. 121 pp. 
Stevenson, J. C., and N. M. Confer.  1978.  Summary of available
     information on Chesapeake Bay submerged vegetation.  U.S.
     Fish and Wildl.  Serv. FWS/OBS-78/66. 
Stewart, R. E.  1962.  Waterfowl populations in the upper
     Chesapeake region.  U.S. Fish and Wildl.  Serv.  Spec.  Sci.
     Rpt. Wildl. 65. 208 pp. 
Stewart, R. E.  1975.  Breeding birds of North Dakota. 
     Tri-college Center for Environmental Studies, Fargo. 295 pp.
Stewart, R. E., and H. A. Kantrud.  1971.  Classification of 
     natural ponds and lakes in the glaciated prairie region. 
     U.S. Fish Wildl.  Serv., Resour.  Publ. 92. 57 pp. 
Stewart, R. E., and H. A. Kantrud.  1972.  Vegetation of prairie
     potholes, North Dakota, in relation to quality of water and
     other environmental factors.  U.S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap.
     585-D. 36 pp. 
Stewart, R. E., and J. H. Manning.  1958.  Distribution and 
     ecology of whistling swans in the Chesapeake Bay region. 
     Auk 75:203-211.
Stewart, B. A., and B. R. Davies.  1986.  Effects of macrophyte 
     harvesting on invertebrates associated with Potamogeton
     pectinatus L. in the Marina Da Gama, Zandvlei, Western Cape. 
     Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Africa 46, Part 1:35-50.
Stieglitz, W. O.  1966.  Utilization of available foods by diving
     ducks on Apalachee Bay, Florida.  Proc. Southeastern
Assoc.    Game and Fish Commissioners 20:42-50. 
Stieglitz, W. O.  1972.  Food habits of the Florida duck.  J. 
     Wildl. Manage. 36:422-428.
Stirrett, G. M. 1954.  Field observations of geese in James Bay, 
     with special reference to the blue goose.  Trans. N. Am.
     Wildl. Conf. 19:211-220.
Stodola, J.  1967.  Encyclopedia of water plants.  T.H.F. Publ.,
     Jersey City, New Jersey. 
Stollberg, B. P.  1950.  Food habits of shoal-water ducks on
     Horicon Marsh, Wisconsin.  J. Wildl. Manage. 14:214-217.
Stout, J. R. A. A. de la Cruz, and C. T. Hackney.  1978.  The 
     effects of harvesting on the productivity of selected Gulf
     Coast marsh species.  pp. 80-93 in L.R. Brown, A. A. de la
     Cruz, M. S. Ivester, J. P. Stout, C. T. Hackney, and R. W.
     Landers.  Evaluation of the ecological role and techniques
     for management of tidal marshes on the Mississippi and
     Alabama Gulf Coast.  Final Report, Mississippi-Alabama Sea
     Grant Consortium.
Strange, T.  1987.  Goals and objectives of water level
     manipulations in impounded wetlands in South Carolina. pp
     130-137 in W. R. Whitman and W. H. Meredith eds.  Waterfowl
     and wetlands symposium: Proc. Symp. Waterfowl Wetlands
     Manage. in coastal zone of the Atlantic Flyway.  Delaware
     Coastal Manage. Proc., Delaware Dept. Nat. Resour. Environ.
     Control, Dover, Delaware. 522 pp.
Strawn, K.  1961.  Factors influencing the zonation of submerged
     monocctyledons at Cedarkey, Florida.  J. Wildl.  Manage.
Strong, A., and B. Eadie.  1978.  Satellite observations of
     calcium carbonate precipitations in the Great Lakes. 
     Limnol. Oceanogr. 877-887. 
Strong, M. T. 1993.  New combinations in Schenoplectus
     (Cyperaceae). Novon 3:202-203.
Strong, M. T. 1994. Taxonomy of Scirpus, Trichophorum, and
     Schenoplectus (Cyperaceae) in Virginia. Bartonia 58:29-68.
Struthers, P. H.  1930.  Carp control studies in the Cayuga and
     Owasco lake basins.  A biological survey of the Champlain
     Watershed Suppl. to 19th Ann. Rept., N.Y. State Conserv.
     Dept., pp 261-280.
Stuckey, R. L.  1975.  A floristic analysis of the vascular plans
     of a marsh at Perry's Victory Monument, Lake Erie.  Michigan
     Botanist 14:144-166.
Stuckey, R. L.  1971.  Changes of vascular aquatic flowering 
     plants during 70 years in Pu-in-Bay Harbor, Lake Erie, Ohio. 
     Ohio J. Sci. 71:321-342. 
Stutzenbaker, C. D., and M. W. Weller.  1989.  The Texas coast.  
     Pp. 385-405 in L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M.
     Kaminski, eds.  Habitat management for migrating and
     wintering waterfowl in North America.  Texas Tech. Univ.
     Press, Lubbock.  560 pp.
Sugden, L. G.  1973.  Feeding ecoloy of pintail gadwall, American
     wigeon and lesser scaup ducklings.  Can. Wildl.  Serv., Rep.
     Ser. 24. 45 pp. 
Sukopp, H.  1971.  Effects of man, especially recreational
     activities on littoral macrophytes.  Hydrobiol. Bucur. 
Sullivan, M. J.  1977.  Structural characteristics of a diatom
     community epiphytic on Ruppia maritima.  Hydrobiol.
Summerhayes, V. S., and W. B. Turrill.  1948.  Vegetation after
     draining. Nature 161:421. 
Summers, R. W., J. Stansfield, S. Perry, C. Atkins, and J.
     Bishop.  1993.  Utilization, diet and diet selection by
     brent geese Branta bernicla bernicla on salt-marshes in
     Norfolk.  J. Zool. Lond. 231:249-273.
Suominen, J.  1968.  Changes in the aquatic macroflora of the
     polluted Lake Routavesi S.W. Finland.  Ann. Bot. Fenn.
Surber, E. W., C. E. Minarik, and W. B. Ennis, Jr.  1947.  The
     control of aquatic plants with phenoxyacetic compounds. 
     Prog. Fish Cult. 9:143-150. 
Svenson, H. K.  1927.  Studies on interior distribution of
     maritime plants I. Effect of post-pleistocene maritime
     submergence in eastern North America.  Rhodora 29:41-48,
     57-72, 87-93.
Swank, G., and G. A. Petrides.  1954.  Establishment and food
     habits of the nutria in Texas.  Ecology 35:172.176. 
Swanson, E. D.  1986.  Grass carp stocking model and associated
     impacts of their introduction in Colorado cold-water lakes. 
     M.S. Thesis.  Colorado State Univ., Ft. Collins.  148 pp.
Swanson, G. A.  1986.  Characteristics of prairie saline lakes 
     and their influence on waterfowl use.  Proc.  N. Dak. Acad.
     Sci. 40:34. 
Swanson, G. A., and J. C. Bartonek.  1970.  Bias associated with 
     food analysis in gizzards of blue-winged teal.  J. Wildl.
     Manage. 34:739-746.
Swanson, G. A., and P. F. Springer.  1972.  Wigeongrass balls on
     alkali lakes.  The Prairie Naturalist. 4:52-54. 
Swanson, G. A., T. C. Winter, V. A. Adomaitis, and J. W. LaBaugh. 
     (in prep.) Chemical characteristics of prairie lakes in
     southcentral North Dakota-their potential for impacting
     fish and wildlife.  U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv. 
Swenson, H. A., and B. R. Colby.  1955.  Chemical quality of 
     surface waters in Devils Lake Basin, North Dakota.  U.S.
     Geol. Surv.  Water Supply Pap. 1295. 82 pp. 
Swiderek, P. K.  1982.  Production, management, and waterfowl use
     of sea purslane, Gulf Coast muskgrass, and widgeongrass in
     brackish impoundments.  M.S. Thesis. Univ. Ga., Athens. 
     105 pp.
Swindale, D. N., and J. T. Curtis.  1957.  The phytosociology of
     large submerged plants in Wisconsin lakes.  Ecology
Sykora, K. V., M. Van Katwijk, and R. Meier.  1987. Synecological
     relations in the moist grasslands of Ballyteige Innish,
     Ireland.  pp. 95-106 in A. H. L. Huiskes, C. W. P. M. Blom,
     and J. Rozema eds., Vegetation between land and sea. 
     Geobotany 11.  Dr. W. Junk, Boston. 340 pp.
Szczepanska, W.  1971.  Allelopathy among the aquatic plants. 
     Pol. Arch. Hydrobiol. 18:17-30. 
Szczpanska, W.  1970.  Periphyton of several lakes of the
     Masurian Lakeland.  Pol. Arch. Hydrobiol. 17:397-418.
Takhtajan, A.  1969.  Flowering plants: origin and dispersal. 
     Translated from Russian by C. Jeffrey Smithsonian
     Inst. Press, Washington, D.C. 
Tamisier, A.  1971a.  Les biomasses de nourriture desponible pour
     les sarcelles d'hiver Anas crecca crecca en Camargue. 
     La Terre et La Vie 3:344-347. 
Tamisier, A. 1971b. Regime alimentaire des sarcells d'hiver (Anas
     crecca) en Camargue.  Aluda 39:261-311. (not seen, cited in
     Podlejski 1981).
Taniguchi, A. K. 1986.  Microzooplankton abundance.  pp. 203-231 
     in  DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman eds. 1986.  South
     Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments:  Ecological
     characterization, management, status, and use.  Vol. II: 
     Technical synthesis.  Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2.  South
     Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
Taylor, G. J., A. A. Crowder, and R. Rodden.  1984.  Formation 
     and morphology of an iron plaque on the roots of Typha
     latifolia L. grown in solution culture.  Am. J. Bot. 71:666 -
Taylor, K. L. 1992.  Effects of vertebrate herbivory on Louisiana
     coastal marshes.  Ph.D. Thesis, Louisiana State University,
     Baton Rouge. 144 pp.
Taylor, N.  l939.  Salt tolerance of Long Island salt marsh
     plants.  New York State Mus. Circ. 23. 42 pp. 
Tazewell, C. M.  1957.  Water quality criteria for aquatic life.
     pp. 246-272 in: (C. M. Tazewell, ed.) Biological problems
     in water pollution.  U.S. Public Health Serv., R.A. Taft
     Sanitary Engr. Center, Cincinatti, OH. 
Tazik, P. P., and Wiley, M. J.  1984.  A survey of problem
     aquatic macrophytes in Illinois.  Pp. 238-247 in Proc. Ill.
     Conf. on Lake and Watershed Manage.  Wat. Resour. Center
     Spec. Rep. 15, Urbana-Champaign, Univ. Ill.  319 pp.
Teal, J. M. 1958.  Distribution of fiddler crabs in Georgia salt 
     marshes.  Ecology 39:185-193.
Tebo, L. B., Jr.  1955.  Bottom fauna of a shallow euthrophic 
     lake, Lizard Lake, Pocahontas County, Iowa.  Amer. Midl.
     Nat. 54:89-103. 
Teeter, J. W.  1963.  The influence of sodium chloride on the
     growth and reproduction of the sago pondweed (Potamogeton
     pectinatus L.). M. S. Thesis, Utah State University, Logan. 
     73 pp. 
Teeter, J. W.  1965.  Effects of sodium chloride on the sago
     pondweed. J. Wildl. Manage.  29:838-845. 
Telford, H. S., and O. A. Stevens.  1942.  Uses and management of
     ponds and lakes.  N D State Univ.  Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. No. 
     313. 40 pp. 
Tenore, K. R.  1972.  The macrobenthos of the Pamlico River
     estuary, North Carolina.  Ecol. Monogr. 42:51-69. 
Terrell, C. B.  1923.  Wildfowl and fish attractions for South
     Dakota. S. D. Game Fish Comm., Pierre. 71 pp. 
Tester, J. R., and W. H. Marshall.  1962.  Minnesota prairie
     management techniques and their wildlife implication. 
     Trans.  N. Am. Wildl.  Cong. 27:267-287. 
Thieret, J. W.  1971.  Observations on some aquatic plants in
     northwestern Minnesota.  Michigan Botany 10:117-124. 
Thomas, G. L.  1982.  Autumn and winter feeding ecology of
     waterfowl at the Ouse Washes, England.  J. Zool.
Thompson, D. J., and J. M. Shay.  1985.  The effects of fire on
     Phragmites australis in the Delta Marsh, Manitoba.  Can. J.
     Bot. 63:1864-1869.
Thomson, J. W., Jr.  1944.  A survey of the larger aquatic plants
     and bank flora of the Brule River.  Transactions of
     Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters. 36:57-76.
Thorhaus, A., B. Miller, B. Jupp, and F. Booker.  1985.  Effects
     of a variety of impacts on seagrass restoration in Jamaica. 
     Mar. Poll. Bull. 16:355-360.  
Thorn, T. D., and P. J. Zwank.  1993.  Foods of migrating
     cinnamon teal in central New Mexico.  J. Field. Ornithol.
Thorne, R. F.  1954.  Flowering plants of the waters and shores 
     of the Gulf of Mexico.  pp. 193-202 in (P. S. Galtsoff
     coord.) Gulf of Mexico:  Its origin, waters, and marine
     life.  U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv. Fishery Bull. 89. 
Thorne-Miller, B., M. M. Harlin, G. B. Thursby, M. M.  
     Brady-Campgell, and B. A. Dworetaky.  1983.  Variations in
     the distribution and biomass of submerged macrophytes in
     five coastal lagoons in Rhode Island, U.S.A. Bot. Mar.
Threinen, C. W., and W. T. Helm.  1954.  Experiments and
     observations designed to show carp destruction of aquatic
     vegetation.  J. Wildl. Manage. 18:247-251. 
Thursby, G. B.  1984.  Nutritional requirements of the submerged
     angiosperm Ruppia maritima in algae-free culture.  Mar.
     Ecol.  Prog. Ser. 16:45-50. 
Thursby, G. B., and M. M. Harlin.  1984.  Interaction of leaves 
     and roots of Ruppia maritima in the uptake of phosphate,
     ammonia and nitrate.  Mar. Biol. 83:61-67. 
Tilton, D. L., R. H. Kadlec, and B. R. Schwegler.  1978.  The 
     ecology and values of Michigan's coastal wetlands.  Mich.
     Dep. Natur. Resour., Lansing.  98 pp. 
Timmons, F. L., V. F. Bruns, W. O. Lee, R. R. Yeo, U. M. Hodgson,
     L. W. Weldon, and R. D. Comes.  1963.  Studies on the
     control of the common cattail in drainage channels and
     ditches.  U.S. Dept. Agr. Tech.  Bull.  No. 1286. 51 pp. 
Tiner, R. W., Jr.  1977.  An inventory of South Carolina's
     coastal marshes.  S.C. Mar. Resour. Cert. Tech. Rept. No.
     23.  33 pp.
Titcomb, J. W.  1923.  Aquatic plants in pond culture, 2nd
     edition.  App. II., U.S. Comm. Fisheries Dept. 1923.  24 pp.
Titus, J. E., and M. D. Stephens.  1983.  Neighbor influences and
     seasonal growth patterns for Vallisneria americana in a
     Mesotrophic Lake. Oecologia (Berlin) 56:23-29. 
Tompkins, M. E. 1986.  Historical review of South Carolina's 
     impoundments. pp. 3-11 in  M. R. DeVoe and D. S. Baughman
     eds.  South Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments: 
     Ecological characterization, management, status, and use. 
     Vol. II:  Technical synthesis.  Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. 
     South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611
Tourbier, J., and R. W. Pierson.  1976.  Biological control of 
     water pollution.  Univ. of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia.
Transeau, E. N.  1913.  Vegetation of Cold Spring Harbor,
     littoral.  Plant World 16:189. 
Trebitz, A.S., S.A. Nichols, S.R. Carpenter, and R.C.
     Lathrop.  1993.  Patterns of vegetation change in Lake
     Wingra following a Myriophyllum spicatum decline.  
Tryon, C. A., Jr.  1954.  The effect of carp exclosures on growth
     of submerged aquatic vegetation in Pymatuning Lake,
     Pennsylvania.  J. Wildl.  Manage. 18:251-254. 
Tsopa, E. 1939.  La vegetation des halophytes du nord de la 
     Roumanie en connexion avec celle du reste du pays.
     S.I.G.M.A. 70:1-22 (not seen, cited in Chapman 1974).
Turner, M. M. G. 1985.  Ecological effects of multiple
     perturbations on a Georgia salt marsh.  Ph.D. Diss.,
     University of Georgia, Athens. 192 pp.
Turner, M. G. 1987.  Effects of grazing by feral horses,
     clipping, trampling, and burning on a Georgia salt marsh. 
     Estuaries 10:54-60.
Turner, R. E. 1976.  Geographic variation in salt marsh
     macrophyte production: a review.  Contrib. Mar. Sci. 20:47-
Twilley, R. R., W. M. Kemp, K. W. Staver, J. C. Stevenson, and W.
     R. Boynton.  1985.  Nutrient enrichment of estuarine
     submerged vascular plant communities 1.  Algal growth and
     effects on production of plants and associated communities. 
     Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 23:179-191 
Twilley, R., M. Meteyer, N. Kaumeyer, J. Means, W. Boynton, W.
     Kemp, K. Kaumeyer, K. Staver, and A. Hermann.  1981.
     Nutrients, sediments, and herbicides in agricultural runoff
     and the distribution of these water quality variables in the
     Middle and Upper Regions of Chesapeake Bay.  In: pp. 45-80
     submerged aquatic vegetation in Chesapeake Bay:  Its
     ecological role in bay ecosystems and factors leading to its
     decline (W. M. Kemp, J. C. Stevenson, W. R. Boynton, J. C.
     Means, eds.)  Horn Point Environmental Laboratories,
     Cambridge, M. D. Uhler, F. M. 1956.  New habitats for
     waterfowl.  Trans.  N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 21:453-469.
Tyler, G. 1969.  Studies in the ecology of Baltic sea-shore 
     meadows.  II.  Flora and vegetation.  Opera Bot. 25. 
Uhler.  F. M.  1944.  Control of undesirable plants in waterfowl
     habitat. Trans.  N. Am. Wildl.  Conf. 9:295-303. 
Uhler, F. M., and N. Hotchkiss.  1968.  Vegetation and its
     succession in marshes and estuaries along the South Atlantic
     & Gulf Coasts.  pp. 26-32 in J. D. Newsom, ed.  Proc. Marsh
     and Estuary Management Symposium.  Louisiana State
     University, Baton Rouge.
Ulehlova, B., and S. Pribil.  1978.  Water chemistry in the
     fishpond littorals.  pp. 126-140 in (see Hejny and Husak
Ulehlova, B.  1978.  Decomposition processes in the fishpond
     littoral.  pp. 341-353 in (see Hejny and Husak 1978).
Ulehlova, B.  1990.  Release and uptake of minerals during
     decomposition of plant litter in fishpond littoral.  Folia
     Geobot. Phytotax. 25:303-308.
Ungar, I. A.  1974.  Inland halophytes of the United States. pp.
     235-305 in R. J. Reimold and W. H. Queen eds.  Ecology of
     halophytes.  Academic Press, New York. 605 pp.
Ungar, I. A.  1970.  Species-soil relationships on sulfate
     dominated soils in South Dakota.  Amer. Midl. Nat.
Ungar, I. A., W. Hogan, and M. McClelland.  1969.  Plant
     communities of saline soils at Lincoln, Nebraska.  Am. Midl.
     Nat. 82:564-577.
Ungar, I. A.  1968.  Species-soil relationships on the Great Salt
     Plains of northern Oklahoma.  Amer. Midl. Nat. 80:392-406.
Ungar, I. A.  1967.  Vegetation-soil relationships on saline 
     soils in northern Kansas.  Am. Midl. Nat. 78:98-120.
Ungar, I. A.  1966.  Salt tolerance of plants growing in saline
     areas of Kansas and Oklahoma.  Ecol. 47:154-155. 
Ungar, I. A.  1965.  An ecological study of the vegetation of the
     Big Salt Marsh, Stafford County, Kansas. Univ., Kansas
     Sci. Bull. 46:1-99. 
Ungar, I. A. 1987.  Population ecology of halophyte seeds.  Bot. 
     Rev. 53:301-334. to reprints
Unni, K. S.  1971.  An ecological study of the macrophytic
     vegetation of the Doodhadhari Lake, Raipur, M. P. India: I.
     Distribution and seasonal changes in aquatic plants. 
     Hydrobiol. 37:139-155. 
U. S. Army Corps of Engineers.  1984.  Water chemistry analyses 
     of Western Stump Lake, Nelson County, North Dakota,
     May-August, 1984, performed by Serco, Inc. for St. Paul
     District. (unpubl.) 
U. S. Bureau of Reclamation. (unpubl.)  1986.  Sand Lake and
     Arrowwood National Wildlife Refuge dredge samples. 
     Missouri-Souris Proj. Off., Bismarck, ND. 
U. S. Department of Agriculture.  1982a.  National list of
     scientific plant names.  Vol. 1.  List of plant names.  Soil
     Conservation Service SCS-TP-159.
U. S. Department of Agriculture.  1982b.  National list of
     scientific plant names.  Vol. 2.  Synonymy.  Soil
     Conservation Service SCS-TP-159.
U. S. Geological Survey.  1976-1979.  Water chemistry data for
     Western Stump Lake, Nelson County, North Dakota,
     May-October. (unpubl.)
Ustin, S. L. 1984.  Contrasting salinity responses of two
     halophytes.  California Agric.  38 (10):27-28.
Ustin, S. L., R. W. Pearcy, and D. E. Bayer.  1982.  Plant water 
     relations in a San Francisco Bay salt marsh.  Bot. Gaz.
Valentine, J. M. 1977.  Plant succession after saw-grass
     mortality in southwestern Louisiana.  Ann. Proc. S.E. Assoc.
     Fish and Wildl. Agencies 30:634-640.
Van, T. K., and K. K. Steward.  1982.  Evaluting controlled 
     release herbicides for aquatic weed control.  Pp. 55-63 in
     (See Westerdahl 1982.)
Van de Bijl, L., K. Sand-Jensen, and A. L. Hjermind.  1989.  
     Photosynthesis and canopy structure of a submerged plant,
     Potamogeton pectinatus, in a Danish lowland stream.  J. of
     Ecol. 77:947-962.
Van den Brink, F. W. B., M. M. J. Maenen, G. Van der Velde, and 
     A. B. de Vaate.  1991.  The (semi-) aquatic vegatation of
     still waters within the floodplains of the rivers Rhine and
     Meuse in The Netherlands: historical changes and the role of
     inundation.  Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 24:2693-2699.
Van der Valk, A. G.  1986.  The impact of litter and annual 
     plants on recruitment from the seed bank of a lacustrine
     wetland. Aquat. Bot. 24:13-26. 
Van der Valk, A. G., and C. B. Davis. 1976.  Changes in
     composition, structure, and production of plant communities
     along a perturbed wetland coenocline.  Vegetatio 32:87-96.
Van der Valk, A. G., and C. B. Davis.  1980.  The impact of a
     natural drawdown on the growth of four emergent species in a
     prairie glacial marsh. Aquat. Bot. 9:301-322. 
Van der Valk, A. G., and C. B. Davis.  1978.  The role of seed 
     bank, in the vegetation dynamics of prairie glacial marshes. 
     Ecol. 59:322-335.
Van der Valk, A. G., and L. C. Bliss.  1971.  Hydrarch succession
     and net primary production of oxbos lakes in central
     Alberta. Can J. Bot. 49:1177-1199. 
Van der Voo, E. E., and V. Westhoff.  1961.  An autecological 
     study of some limnophytes and helophytes in the area of the
     large rivers.  Wentia 5: 163-258. 
Van Dijk, G. M. Dynamics and attenuation characteristics of 
     periphyton upon artificial substratum under various light
     conditions and some additional observations on periphyton
     upon Potamogeton pectinatus L.  Hydrobiologia 252:143-161.
Van Dijk, G. M., and W. van Vierssen.  1991.  Survival of a 
     Potamogeton pectinatus L. population under various light
     conditions in a shallow eutrophic lake (Lake Veluwe) in The
     Netherlands.  Aquat. Bot. 39:121-129.'
Van Dijk. G. M., A. W. Breukelaar, and R. Gijlstra.  1992.  
     Impact of light climate history on seasonal dynamics of a
     field population of Potamogeton pectinatus L during a three-
     year period (1886-1988).  Aquat. Bot. 43:17-41.
Van Dijk. G. M., and J. H. Janse.  1993.  Modeling resource 
     allocation in Potamogeton pectinatus L. J. Aquat. Plant
     Manage. 31:128-134.
Van Donselarr, J., L. G. Kop, and E. E. Van der Voo.  1961.  On 
     the vegetation of former river beds in the Netherlands. 
     Wentia 5:1-85. 
Van Donselarr-ten Bokkel Huinick, W. A. E.  1961.  An ecological
     study of the vegetation in three former river beds.  Wentia
Van Dyke, G. D.  1972.  Aspects relating to emergent vegetation
     dynamics in a deep marsh, north central Iowa.  Ph.D. 
     Thesis, Dept. of Botany and Plant Pathology, Iowa State
     Univ., Ames. 229 pp. 
Van Horn, K., M. A. Van Horn, R. C. Glancy, J. Goodwin, and R. D.
     Driggers.  1994.  Fire in wetland restoration and
     management. p. 44 in Soc. Wetland Scientists 15th Annual
     Meeting. (abstr.).
Van Montfrans, J., R. L. Wetzel, and R. J. Orth.  1984. 
     Epiphyte-grazer relationships in seagrass meadows:
     consequences for seagrass growth and production.  Estuar.
Van Vierssen, W.  1982a.  The ecology of communities dominated by
     Zannichellia taxa in western Europe. II.  Distribution,
     synecology and productivity aspects in relation to
     environmental factors.  Aquatic Bot. 13:385-483. 
Van Vierssen, W.  1982b.  The ecology of communities dominated by
     Zennichellia taxa in western Europe.  III.  Chemical
     ecology.  Aquatic Bot. 14:259-294. 
Van Vierssen, W., and Verhoeven, J. T. A.  1983.  Plant and 
     animal communities in brackish supralittoral pools (Dobben)
     in the northern part of the Netherlands.  Hydrobiol.
Van Vierssen, W., and T. C. Prins.  1985.  On the relationship
     between the growth of algae and aquatic macrophytes in
     brackish water.  Aquat.  Bot. 21:165-179 
Van Vierssen, W., C. M. van Kessel, and J. R. van der Zee.  1984.
     On the germination of Ruppia taxa in western Europe.  Aquat.
     Bot. 19:381-393. 
Van Vierssen, W., R. J. van Wijik, and J. R. van der Zee.  1981. 
     Some additional notes on the cytotaxonomy of Ruppia taxa in
     Western Europe.  Aquat. Bot. 11:297-301. 
Van Wijk, R. J.  1989a.  Ecological studies on Potamogeton
     pectinatus L. IV.  Nutritional ecology, field observations. 
     Aquat. Bot. 35:301-318.
Van Wijk, R. J.  1989b.  Ecological studies on Potamogeton
     pectinatus L. V.  Nutritional ecology, in vitro uptake of
     nutrients and growth limitations.  Aquat. Bot. 35:319-335.
Van Wijk, R. J.  1988.  Ecological studies on Potamogeton
     pectinatus L. I.  General characteristics, biomass
     production and life cycle under field conditions.  Aquat.
     Bot. 31:211-258.
Van Wijk, R. J., van Goor, E. M. J., and Verkley, J. A. C.  1988. 
     Ecological studies on Potamogeton pectinatus L. II. 
     Autoecological characteristics with emphasis on salt
     tolerance itraspecific variation and isoenzyme patterns. 
     Aquat. Bot. 33:239-260.
Van Wijk, R. J.  1988.  Ecological studies on Potamogeton
     pectinatus L. III.  Reproductive strategies and germination
     ecology, Aquat. Bot., in press.
Van Wijk, R. J.  1983.  Life-cycles and reproductive strategies
     of Potamogeton pectinatus L. in the Netherlands and the
     Camargue (France).  In Proc. Int. Symp. on Aquatic
     Macrophytes Nijmegen, 18-23 September 1983, pp. 317-321.
Vanamburg, G. L. (n.d.).  The effects of agricultural run-off 
     upon natural wetland ecosystems.  Completion Report, U.S.
     Dept. Interior.  Water Research and Development Act Grant
     No. l 14-34-0001-2125, A-044. 40 pp. 
Vander Zouwen, W. J.  1982.  Vegetational change in University 
     Bay from 1966 to 1980.  Trans.  Wis. Acad.  Sci. Arts and
     Lett. 70:42-51. 
Varenko, N. I., and V. T. Chuiko.  1971.  Role of higher aquatic
     plants in the migration of manganese, zinc, copper, and
     cobalt in the Dneprodzerzhinsk Reservoir. Hydrobiol. J.
     (Gydrobiol. Zh. trans) 7:45-48. (not seen) 
Varga, L.  1931.  Interessante Formationen von Potamogeton
     pectinatus L. im Ferto (see Neusiedler).  Arb. Ung. Biol. 
     Forsch.  Inst.  (Tihany), 4:349-355. (not seen).
Vergara, B. S., K. Moody, and R. M. Visperas.  1977.  Autecology 
     of Scirpus maritimus L. IV.  Suggested control under field
     conditions.  Phillipine Weed Sci. Bull. 4:7-12.
Vass, K. K.  1980.  On the trophic status and conservation of
     Kashmir Lakes.  Hydrobiol. 68:9-15. 
Veatch, J. O.  1932.  Some relationships between water plants and
     water soils in Michigan.  Transactions of Michigan Academy
     of Science 27:409-413. 
Vereshchagin, N. K.  1941.  Establishment of the nutria in west
     Georgia. Trans. Inst. Zool. Acad. Sci. R.S.S.G., 4:3-42.
Verhoeven, J. T. A.  1975.  Ruppia communities in the Camargue,
     France. Distribution and structure in relation to salinity
     and salinity functions.  Aquat. Bot. 1:217=241. 
Verhoeven, J. T. A.  1978.  Natural regulation of plant biomass 
     in a Ruppia-dominated system.  Proc. EWRS 5th Symp. Aquat.
     Weeds. 53-61. 
Verhoeven, J. T. A.  1979.  The ecology of Ruppia-dominated
     communities in Western Europe. I. Distribution of Ruppia
     representatives in relation to their autecology.  Aquat. 
     Bot. 6:197-268. 
Verhoeven, J. T. A.  1980b.  The ecology of Ruppia-dominated
     communities in Western Europe. III. Aspects of production,
     consumption, and decomposition.  Aquat.  Bot. 8:209-253.
Verhoeven, J. T. A.  1980a.  The ecology of Ruppia-dominated
     communities in Western Europe. II. Synecological
     classification.  Structure and dynamics of the macroflora
     and macrofauna communities.  Aquat. Bot. 8:1-85. 
Verhoeven, J. T. A.  1982.  Reproductive strategies of Ruppia 
     taxa in Western Europe.  In:Studies on aquatic vascular
     plants.  Ed. J.J. Symoens:S.S.  Hopper & P. Compere, Royal
     Botanical Soc. Belgium, Brussels. pp 156-157. 
Verhoeven, J. T. A., and W. van Vierssen.  1978a.  Structure of
     macrophyte dominated communites in two brackish lagoons on
     the Island of Corsica, France.  Aquat. Bot. 5:77-86.
Verhoeven, J. T. A., and W. van Vierssen.  l978b.  Distribution 
     and structure of communities dominated by Ruppia, Zostera,
     and Potamogeton species in the inland waters of 'De Bol',
     Texel, the Netherlands.  Estuar. Coastal Mar. Sci.
Vermaak, J. F., Swanepoel, J. H., and Schoonbee, H. J.  1976. 
     Absorption and accumulation of 32P by Oedogonium and some
     aquatic macrophytes.  Water S.A. 2(1) 7-12.
Vermaak, J. F., J. H. Swanepoel, and H. J. Schoonbee.  1981.  The
     phosphorus cycle in Germiston Lake. I. Investigational
     objectives and aspects of the limnology of the lake.  Water
     S. A. 7(3):160-165. 
Vermaak, J. F., Swanepoel, J. H.; Schoonbee, H. J.  1983.  The
     phosphorus cycle in Germiston Lake with special reference to
     the role of Potamogeton pectinatus L.  In:  Proc. Int. Symp.
     Aquatic Macrophytes 18-23 September 1983 Nijmegen The
     Netherlands; 326 pp.  pp 262-272.
Vermeer, J. G., and F. Berendse. 1983.  The relationship between 
     nutrient availability, shoot biomass, and species richness
     in grassland and wetland communities.  Vegetatio 53:121-126.
Vestergaard, P. 1985.  Effects of mowing on the composition 
     of Baltic salt-meadow communities.  Vegetatio 62:391-398. 
Vevle, O.  1985.  The salt marsh vegetation at Vinkekilen,
     Bamble, SE Norway, with special reference to the
     Puccinellietum maritimae.  Vegetatio 61:55-63.
Vicars, T. H.  1976.  Biomass and remote sensing of aquatic
     macrophytes in estuary.  M.A. Thesis E. Carolina Univ. 
     Greenvelle, N.C. 108 pp. 
Vince, S. W., and A. A. Snow.  1984.  Plant zonation in an
     Alaskan salt marsh. I. Distribution, abundance and
     environmental factors.  J. Ecol. 72:651-667.
Viosca, P., Jr. 1928.  Louisiana wetlands.  Ecology 9:216-229.
Viosca, P., Jr. 1931.  Spontaneous combustion in the marshes of 
     southern Louisiana.  Ecology 12:432-442.
Visperas, R. M., and B. S. Vergara.  1976a.  Autecology of
     Scirpus maritimus L. I. Growth characteristics and
     competition with rice.  Phillipine Weed Sci. Bull. 3:1-14.
Visperas, R. M., and B. S. Vergara.  1976b.  Autecology of
     Scirpus maritimus L. II.  Effect of light, temperature and
     moisture.  Phillipine Weed Sci. Bull. 3:15-29.
Visperas, R. M., and B. S. Vergara.  1976c.   Autecology of  
     Scirpus maritimus L. III.  Effect of shoot cutting on
     flowering.  Phillipine Weed Sci. Bull. 3:30-32.
Voge, V. M.  1987.  Technik und ersebnisse der hydrophyten-
     vegetationsaufnahme unter benutzung eines tauchgera tes. 
     Arch. Hydrobiol. 110:125-132.
Voigts, D. K.  1973.  Aquatic invertebrate abundance in relation 
     to changing marsh conditions.  Ph.D. Diss., Iowa State
     Univ., Ames. 
Volker, R., and S. G. Smith.  1965.  Changes in the aquatic
     vascular flora of Lake East Okoboji in historic times. 
     Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 72:65-72. 
Votila, P.  1971.  Distribution and ecological features of
     hydrophytes in the polluted lake Vanajavesi, S. Finland. 
     Ann. Bot. Fennici. 8:257-295. 
Wagner, A.  1966.  Phosphatspeicherung und N/P-quotient bei
     laichkrautern in abwasserbelasteten und unbelasteten
     ufergebeiten des bodensees.  Int. Rev. Hydrobiol.  Hydrogr.
     51. (not seen) 
Waits, E. D.  1967.  Net primary productivity of an irregularly 
     flooded North Carolina salt marsh.  Ph.D. Thesis, North
     Carolina State University, Raleigh.  124 pp.
Walsh, G. E., D. E. Weber, M. T. Nguyen, and L. K. Esry.  1991.  
     Responses of wetland plants to effluents in water and
     sediment.  Environ. Exper. Bot. 31:351-358.
Wali, M. K.  1976.  Comparative studies of some inland saline
     aquatic ecosystems in North Dakota.  U.S.D.I Office of Water
     Research and Technology.  Res. Rep. No W1-221. 033-76. 
Wali, M. K., G. K. Gruendling, and D. W. Blinn.  1972. 
     Observations on the nutrient composition of a freshwater
     lake ecosystem.  Arch. Hydrobiol. 69:452-464. 
Walker, B. H., and C. F. Wehrhahn.  1971.  Relationships between
     derived vegetation gradients and measured environmental
     variables in Saskatchewan wetlands.  Ecol. 52:85-95. 
Walker, B. H., and R. T. Coupland.  1970.  Herbaceous wetland
     vegetation in the aspen grove and grassland regions of
     Saskatchewan.  Can. J. Bot. 48:1861-1878.
Walker, B. H., and R. T. Coupland.  1968.  An analysis of
     vegetation-environment relationships in Saskatchewan
     sloughs.  Can J. Bot. 46:509-522.
Walker, B. H.  1968.  Ecology of herbaceous wetland vegetation
     inthe aspen grove and grassland regions of Saskatchewan.
     Ph.D. Thesis. Univ. of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon,
     Saskatchewan. 180 pp. 
Walker, C. R.  1959.  Control of certain aquatic weeds in
     Missouri farm ponds.  Weeds 7(3):310-316.
Walker, J. M.  1965.  Vegetation changes with falling water 
     levels in the Delta Marsh, Manitoba.  Ph.D. Thesis. Univ. of
     Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada. 272 pp.
Walker, J. M.  1959.  Vegetation studies on the Delta Marsh, 
     Delta, Manitoba.  M. S. Thesis, Univ. of Manitoba.  203 pp.
Walker, K. F.  1973.  Studies on a saline lake ecosystem.  Aust. 
     J. Mar. Freshwat. Res. 24, 21-71. 
Wallentinus, I.  1979.  Environmental influences on benthis
     macrovegetation in the Trosa-Asko area, northern Baltic
     Proper.  II. The ecology of macroalgae and submerged
     phanerogams.  Contrib.  Asko Lab. Univ. Stockholm 25. 
     210 pp. 
Walsh, G. E., and T. E. Grow.  1972.  Composition of Thalassia
     testudinum and Ruppia maritima.  Quart. Jour., Florida
     Acad. Sci. 35:97-108. 
Ward, C. J.  1976.  Aspects of the ecology and distribution of
     submerged macophytes and shoreline vegetation on lake St.
     Lucia.  In:  A. E. F. Heydorn (Ed.)., St. Lucia Sci., Adv.
     Coun. Wksp. Meet.  Natal Parks, F and G Preser. Bd., Publ. 
     Pietermaritzburg, Natal Pap 10.
Ward, G. H., Jr., and N. E. Armstrong.  1980.  Matagorda Bay, 
     Texas: its hydrography, ecology and fishery resources.  U.S.
     Fish Wildl. 4. Serv. FWS/OBS-81/52.  230 pp. 
Warme, J. E.  1971.  Paleoecological aspects of a modern coastal 
     lagoon.  Univ. California Publications Geol. Sci. 87.  131
Warren, J., and D. Bandel.  1968.  Pothole blasting in Maryland 
     wetlands.  Proc. Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 22:58-68.
Wass, M., and T. Wright.  1969.  Coastal wetlands of Virginia. 
     Interim report to the Governor and General Assembly. 
     Virginia Inst. of Marine Sci., Spec. Sci. Rept. in Appl.
     Mar. Sci. and Oceanogr. Engr. No. 10. 
Waters, I., and J. M. Shay.  1992.  Effect of water depth on 
     population parameters of a Typha glauca stand.  Can. J. Bot.
Watson, E., T. Singh, and I. Parker.  1970.  The diet of duck and
     coot on lake Naivasha.  East African Wildl. J. 8:131-144.
Wayne, C. J.  1975.  Sea and march-grasses: their effect on wave
     energy and near-shore transport.  M.S. Thesis, Florida, St.
     Univ., Tallahassee. 
Weaver, J. E., and W. J. Himmel.  1930. Relation of increased 
     water content and decreased aeration of root development in
     hydrophytes.  Plant Physiol. 5:69-92. 
Webster, C. G.  1964.  Fall foods of soras from two habitats in 
     Connecticut.  J. Wildl. Manage. 28:163-165.
Weidemann, A. D., T. T. Bannister, S. W. Effler, and D. L.
     Johnson.  1985.  Particulate and optical properties during
     CaCo3 precipitation in Otisco Lake.  Limnol. Oceanogr.
Weinstein, M. P., and H. A. Brooks.  1983.  Comparative ecology 
     of nekton residing in a tidal creek and adjacent seagrass
     meadow: community composition and structure.  Mar. Ecol.
     Prog. Ser. 12:15-27. 
Weisner, S. E. B.  1987.  The relation between wave exposure and
     distribution of emergent vegetation in a eutrophic lake. 
     Freshwater Biology 18(3):537-544.
Weisner, S. E. B. 1993.  Long-term competitive displacement of 
     Typha latifolia by Typha angustifolia in a eutrophic lake. 
     Oecologia 94:451-456.
Weisner, S. E. B., W. Graneli, and B. Estam.  1993.  Influence of
     submergence on growth of seedlings of Scirpus lacustris and
     Phragmites australis.  Freshw. Biol. 29:371-375.
Weisser, P. J., and Howard-Williams, C.  1982.  The vegetation of
     the wilderness lake system and the macrophyte encroachment
     problem.  Bontebok 2:19-40.
Welch, Catherine E.  1980.  Relationships between the
     availability, abundance, and nutrient quality of Typha
     latifolia and Scirpus acutus to summer foraging and use of
     space by muskrats (Ondatra zibethica) in southcentral
     Alberta.  M.S. Thesis. Univ. of Alberta, Edmonton.
Welch, E. B., M. A. Perkins, D. Lynch, and P. Hufschmidt.  1979. 
     Internal. phosphorous related to rooted Macrophytes in a
     shalloe lake.  pp 81-99 in (see Carpenter 1979)
Weldon, L. W., R. D. Blackburn, and D. S. Harrison.  1969.  
     Common aquatic weeds.  U.S. Dept. Agric., Agric. Handbook
     No. 352.  Washington, D.C.  43 pp.
Weller, M. W.  1975.  Studies of cattail in relation to
     management for marsh wildlife.  Iowa State Jour.  Resear.
Welling, C. H., R. L. Pederson, and A. G. van der Valk.  1988.  
     Recruitment from the seed bank and the development of
     emergent zonation during a drawdown in a lacustrine, prairie
     marsh.  J. Ecol. 76:483-496. 
Wells, B. M.  1942.  Ecological problems of the southeastern U.S.
     coastal plains.  Bot. Rev. 8:533-561.
Welsh, R. P. H., and P. Denny.  1979.  The translocation of 32 p 
     in two submerged aquatic angiosperm species.  New Phytol.
Wenner, E. L. 1986a.  Benthic macrofauna. pp. 255-298 in  DeVoe, 
     M. R., and D. S. Baughman (eds.) 1986.  South Carolina
     Coastal Wetland Impoundments:  Ecological characterization,
     management, status, and use.  Vol. II:  Technical synthesis. 
     Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2.  South Carolina Sea Grant
     Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
Wenner, C. A., J. C. McGovern, R. Martore, H. R. Beatty, and W. 
     A. Roumillat.  1986.  Ichthyofauna.  pp. 415-526 in  DeVoe,
     M. R., and D. S. Baughman (eds.) 1986.  South Carolina
     Coastal Wetland Impoundments:  Ecological characterization,
     management, status, and use.  Vol. II:  Technical synthesis. 
     Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2.  South Carolina Sea Grant
     Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
Wenner, E. L. 1986b. Decapod crustacean community. pp. 361-413 in 
     DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman (eds.) 1986.  South
     Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments:  Ecological
     characterization, management, status, and use.  Vol. II: 
     Technical synthesis.  Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2.  South
     Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
Wenner, E. L., and H. R. Beatty.  1988.  Macrobenthic communities
     from wetland impoundments and adjacent open marsh habitats
     in South Carolina.  Estuaries 11:29-44.
West. R. C.  1977.  Tidal salt-marsh and mangal formations of 
     middle and South America.  Pp. 193-213 in V. J. Chapman, ed. 
     Ecosystems of the world 1.  Wet coastal ecosystems. 
     Elsevier, New York.  428 pp.
Westerdahl, H. E.  1982.  Chemical control technology
     development.  An overview.  Pp. 51-54 in Proc. 16th Annu.
     Mtg. Aquat. Plant Cont. Res.  Planning and Operations
     Review.  U.S. Army Waterways Exp. Sta., Vicksburg, Miss.
Westerdahl, H. E., and J. F. Hall.  1983.  Threshold 2,4 D
     concnetrations for control of Eurasian water milfoil and
     sago pondweed.  J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 21:22-25.
Westhoff, V.  1971.  The dynamic structure of plant communities 
     in relation to the objectives of conservation.  pp. 3-14 in
     (E. Duffey and A. S. Watt, eds.) The scientific management
     of animal and plant communities for conservation. 
     Blackwell, Oxford, England.
Westhoff, V.  1979.  Salt marsh communities of three West Frisian
     Islands, with some notes on their long-term succession
     during half a century.  pp. 16-40 in A. H. L. Huiskes, C. W.
     P. M. Blom, and J. Rozema eds., Vegetation between land and
     sea.  Geobotany 11.  Dr. W. Junk, Boston. 340 pp.
Westhoff, V., and E. Van der Maarel.  1973.  The Braun-Blanquet 
     approach.  Pp. 617-726 in R. H. whittaker, ed.  Ordination
     and classification of communities Junk, The Hague.
Westlake, D. F.  1961.  Aquatic macrophytes and the oxygen
     balance of running water.  Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol.
Westlake, D. F.  1965.  Some basic data for investigations of the
     productivity of aquatic macrophytes.  Mem. 1st. Hal.
     Idrobiol. 18 Suppl.:229-248. 
Westlake, D. F.  1967.  Some effects of low velocity currents on
     the metabolism of aquatic macrophytes.  J. Exp. Bot. 
Westlake, D. F.  1968.  Methods used to determine the annual
     production of reedswamp plants with extensive rhizomes. pp
     226-234 in:  mehtods of productivity studies in root systems
     and rhizosphere organisms.  IBP/USSR Symp. August 28- Sept.
     12, Leningrad.
Westoby, M. 1989. Selective forces exerted by vertebrate
     herbivores on plants. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 4:115-
Wetmore, A.  1918.  The duck sickness in Utah.  U.S. Dept. Agric.
     Bull. 672.
Wetmore, A.  1921.  Wild ducks and duck foods of the Bear River
     marshes, Utah.  U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 936.  20 pp. 
Wetzel, R. G.  1960.  Marl encrustation on hydrophytes in several
     Michigan lakes.  Oikos 11:223-228. 
Wetzel, R. G.  1964.  A comparative study of the primary
     productivity of higher aquatic plants, periphyton, and
     phytoplankton in a large, shallow lake.  Int. Rev. gesamtem
     hydrobiol. 49:1-61. 
Wetzel, R. G.  1965.  Techniques and problems of primary
     productivity measurements in higher aquatic plants and
     periphyton.  Mem. 1st.  Hal. Idrobiol. 18 Suppl.:249-267.
Wetzel, R. G.  1969.  Factors influencing photosynthesis and
     excretion of dissolved organic matter by aquatic macrophytes
     in hard-water lakes. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol.
Wetzel, R. G.  1975.  Limnology.  W.B. Saunders Co.,
     Philadelphia. 743 pp. 
Wetzel, R. L., P. A. Penhale, and K. L Webb.  1981.  Plant
     community structure. elemental composition and sediment
     characteristics of a temperate, estuarine seagrass
     ecosystem; Vancluse Shores, lower Chesapeake Bay, Virginia.
     Pp. 9-49 in (R. L. Wetzel ed.) final report.  Structural and
     functional aspects of the ecology of submerged aquatic
     macrophyte communities in the lower Chesapeake Bay. Vol. 1.
     Virginia Inst. Mar. Sci., Applied Mar. Sci. Ocean Eng. Spec.
     Rep. 267. 187 pp.
Wetzel, R. L., and P. A. Penhale.  1981.  Photosynthesis, light
     response and metabolism of submerged macrophyte communities
     in the lower Chesapeake Bay, Virginia.  Pp. 50-107 in (R. L.
     Wetzel ed.) final report.  Structural and functional aspects
     of the ecology of submerged aquatic macrophyte communities
     in the lower Chesapeake Bay.  Vol. 1. 187 pp. 
Whipple, S. A., and D. White.  1977.  The effects of fire on two 
     Louisiana marshes.  Assoc. Southeast. Biol. Bull. 24:95
White, D. A., T. E. Weiss, J. M. Trapani, and L. B. Thien.  1978. 
     Productivity and decomposition of the dominant salt marsh
     plants in Louisiana.  Ecology 59:751-759.
White, G. E., and R. Hartland-Rowe.  1969.  Temporal changes of
     physical and chemical factors in a shallow astatic saline
     lake.  Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 17:440-446. 
Whitman, W. R., and R. V. Cole.  1987.  Ecological conditions and
     implications for waterfowl management in selected coastal
     impoundments of Delaware.  pp. 99-119 in W. R. Whitman and
     W. H. Meredith eds.  Waterfowl and wetlands symposium: Proc.
     Symp. Waterfowl Wetlands Management in coastal zone of the
     Atlantic Flyway.  Delaware Coastal Manage. Prog., Delaware
     Dept. Nat. Resour. Environ. Control, Dover, Delaware. 
     522 pp.
Whitman, W. R.  1976.  Artifical wetlands for waterfowl.  Pages 
     336-344 in M. Smart ed.  Intern. Conf. on the convention of
     wetlands and waterfowl.  Intern. Waterfowl Res. Bur.,
     England, Slimbridge.
Whitman, W. R.  1974.  The response of macro-invertebrates to
     experimental marsh management.  Ph.D Thesis. Univ. of Maine,
     Orono. 114 pp. 
Whitton, B. A., P. J. Say, and J. D. Wehr.  1981.  Use of plants 
     to monitor heavy metals in rivers. pp 135-145 in P. J. Say
     and B. A. Whitton, eds.  Heavy metals in northern England. 
     Environmental and biological aspects. Botany Dept., Univ.
     Durham. (not seen, cited in Haslam (1987)).
Wiegleb, G.  1978.  Untersuchungen uber den Zusammenhang zwischen
     hyrochemischen Umweltfaktoren und Makrophytenvegetation in
     stehenden Gewassern.  Arch. Hydrobiol. 87:443-484.
Wiegleb, G.  1978b.  Vergleich okologischer und soziologischer
     Artengruppen von Makrophyten des Susswassers. Verh. Ges.
     Okol., Kiel 1977, 243-249.
Wiegleb, G. 1991.  Human impact on the ecological performance of 
     Potamogeton species in northwestern Germany.  Vegetatio
Wiegleb, G., H. Brux and W. Herr.  1991.  Human impact on the 
     ecological performance of Potamogeton species in
     northwestern Germany.  Vegetatio 97:161-172.
Wilcox, D. A., and Simonin, H. A.  1987.  A chronosequence of
     aquatic macrophyte communities in dune ponds.  Aquat. Bot.,
Wilcox, D. A.  1986.  The effects of deicing salts on vegetation 
     in Pinhook Bog, Indiana. Can. J. Bot., 64:865-874.
Wilcox, D. A., Apfelbaum, S. I., and Hiebert, R. D.  1984.  
     Cattail invasion of sedge meadows following hydrologic
     disturbance in the Cowles Bog Wetland Complex, Indiana Dunes
     National Lakeshore.  Wetlands, 4:115-128.
Wile, I., G. Hitchin, and G. Beggs.  1979.  Impact of mechanical
     harvesting on Chemung Lake.  pp 145-159 in (see Carpenter
     1979 card)
Wile, I., and G. Hitchin.  1977.  An evaluation of overwinter 
     drawdown as an aquatic plant control method for the Kawartha
     Lakes.  Ontario Ministry of the Environment.  12 pp.
Wiley, M. J., and R. W. Gordon.  1984.  Biological control of 
     aquatic macrophytes by herbivorus carp.  Part 2.  Biology
     and ecology of herbivorus carp.  Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv.,
     Aquat. Biol. Tech. Rep. Vol. II.
Wiley, M. J., S. M. Pescitelli, and L. D. Wike.  1986.  The 
     relationship between feeding preferences and consumption
     rates in grass carp and grass carp X bighead carp hybrids. 
     J. Fish Biol. 29:507-514.
Wiley, M. J., P. P. Tazik, L. D. Wilke, and S. T. Sobaski.  1984. 
     Biological vs chemical aquatic plant management:  A cost
     analysis.  Pp. 264-268 in Proc. Ill. Conf. on Lake and
     Watershed Manage.  Wat. Resour. Center Spec. Rep. 15, Univ.
     Ill., Urbana-Champaign.  319 pp.
Wilkinson, P. M.  1970.  Vegetative succession in newly
     controlled marshes.  Job completion report.  Proj. W-38-6. 
     April 1, 1967-June 30, 1970.  South Carolina Wildl. Mar.
     Resour. Dept., Columbia.  37 pp.
Willen, T.  1962.  The Utal lake chain, central Sweden.  Oikos
     Suppl. 5:1-156. 
Willi, P.  1970.  Zugverhalten, Nahrung und Nahrungserwerb auf 
     Klingnauer Stausee haufig auftretender Anatiden,
     insbesondere von Krickente, Tafelente und Reiherente. 
     Ornithol. Beob. 67:141-217. (not seen, cited in Van Wijk
Williams, M., and M. J. Imber.  1970.  The role of marginal
     vegetation in some waterfowl habitats (ducks).  New Zealand
     Ecol.  Soc. Proc. 17:126-128. 
Williams, W. D.  1978.  Limnology of Victorian salt lakes,
     Australia.  Verh. Int. Ver. Limnol. 20:1165-1174.
Williams, W. D.  1966.  Conductivity and the concentration of
     total dissolved solids in Australian lakes.  Aust. J. Mar.
     Freshwat. Res. 17(2):169-176. 
Williams, M. J.  1979.  the status and management of black swans 
     Cygnus atratus, Latham at Lake Ellesmore since the 'Wahine'
     storm, April 1968.  New Zealand J. Ecol. 2:34-41.
Williams, W. T., and D. A. Barber.  1961.  The functional
     significance of aerenchyma in plants.  Symp. Soc. Exp.
     Biol. 15:132-144. 
Williamson, B. B.  1979.  The wetlands of Dickinson Island, St.
     Clair Co., Michigan, and their response to water level
     fluctuations.  M.S. Thesis, Eastern Michigan Univ.,
     Ypsilanti, MI. 79 pp.
Wilson, J. N.  1958.  The limnology of certain prairie lakes in
     Minnesota. Am. Midl.  Nat. 59:418-437.
Wilson, J. N.  1957.  Effects of turbidity and silt on aquatic
     life. pp 235-239 in: (C. M. Tarzwell, ed.)  Biological
     problems in water pollution.  U.S. Public Health Serv. R. A.
     Taft.  Sanitary Engr. Center, Cincinatti, OH. 
Wilson, K. L. 1981.  A synopsis of the genus Scirpus (Cyperaceae)
     in Australia.  Telopea 2:153-172.
Wilson, L. R. l941.  The larger aquatic vegetation of Trout Lake,
     Villas County, Wisconsin.  Trans. Wisc. Acad. Sci., Arts and
     Lett. 33:135-146.
Wilson, L. R.  1937.  A quantitative and ecological study of the
     larger aquatic plants of Sweeney Lake, Oneida County,
     Wisconsin. Bull. Torrey Bot.  Club 64:199-208.
Wilson, L. R.  1935.  Lake development and plant succession in
     Vilas County, Wisconsin.  Part I. The medium hard water
     lakes.  Ecol. Monogr. 5:207-247. 
Wilson, R. S., T. R. A. Maxwell, G. Mance, M. A. Sleigh, and 
     R. A. Milne.  1975. Biological aspects of Chew Valley and
     Blagdon Lakes, England.  Freshwat. Biol. 5:379-393. 
Wilson, S. D., and P. A. Keddy.  1986.  Species competitive 
     ability and position along a natural stress/disturbance
     gradient.  Ecol. 67:1236-1242.
Wishart, R. A. 1983.  The behavioral ecology of the American
     wigeon (Anas americana) over its annual cycle.  PhD. Thesis.
     Univ. of Manitoba, Winnipeg. 362 pp.
Wolseley, P. A.  1986.  The aquatic macrophyte communities of the
     ditches and dykes of the Somerset levels and their relation
     to management.  Pp. 407-418 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp. Aquat.
     Weeds.  European Weed Res. Soc. and Assn. Appl. Biol.
Wong, S.L., B. Clark, M. Kirby, and R.F. Kosciuw.  1978.  Water
     temperature fluctuations and seasonal periodity of
     Cladophora and Potamogeton in shallow rivers.  J. Fish. Res.
     Board Can. 35:866-870.
Wong, S.L., and B. Clark.  1976.  Field determination of the
     critical nutrient concentration for Cladophora in streams. 
     J. Fish Res. Bd. Can. 33:85-92. 
Wood, D. W.  1966.  Vascular plant flora of Haunk's Pond, Middle
     Bass Island, Ottawa County, Ohio.  M.S. Thesis. Ohio State
     Univ., Columbus.  59 pp. 
Wood, E. J. F.  1959.  Some east Australian sea-grass
     communities.  Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New
     South Wales, 84:218-226. 
Wood, J. G., and L. G. M. Baas Becking.  l937.  Notes on
     convergence and identity in relation to environment. 
     Blumea, 2, 329-338. 
Woodell, S.R.J. 1985.  Salinity and seed germination patterns in 
     coastal plants.  Vegetatio 61:223-229.
Woronichin, N. N.  1926.  Biology of the magnesium sulfate lakes
     of Pjatigorsk.  Arch. Hydrobiol. 17(4):628-643.
Wright, T. J., V. I. Cheadle, and E. A. Palmatier.  1949.  A 
     survey of Rhode Island's salt and brackish water ponds and
     marshes.  Rhode Island Dep.  Agric. Cons., Div. Fish Game. 
     Pittman-Robertson Pamphl. No. 2.  44 pp.   
Wrubleski, D. A.  1987.  Aquatic insects [Chironomidae:Diptera] 
     of Peatlands and Marshes in Canada.  Mem. ent. Soc. Can.
     140.  174 pp.
Wrubleski, D. A.  1987.  Two species of Procladius (Diptera: 
     Chironomidae) from a northern prairie marsh:  descriptions,
     phenologies and mating behaviour.  Delta Waterfowl Research
     Station, Portage la Prairie, Manitoba, Canada.  The Acad.
     Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia, 19th & Parkway.
Wulff, H. D. 1937.  Karyologische untersuchungen an der
     halophyten-flora Schleswig-Holstein. Jb. Wiss. Bot. 84:182.
     (not seen, cited in Chapman 1974).
Yamanaka, K.  1975.  Primary productivity of the Fraser River 
     Delta foreshore:  yield estimates of emergent vegetation. 
     M.S. Thesis, University of British Columbia, Vancouver.  134
Yancey, R. K.  1949.  Fall foods of ducks in Concordia Parish, 
     Louisiana.  M.S. Thesis, Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge. 
     68 pp.
Yanovsky, E.  1936.  Food plants of the North American Indians.  
     U. S. Dept. Agric. Misc. Publ. 237.
Yelverton, C. S., and T. L. Quay.  1959.  Food habits of the 
     Canada goose at Lake Mattamuskeet, North Carolina.  Wildl.
     Resour. Comm., Raleigh, N.C.  44 pp.
Yeo, R. R.  1976.  Naturally occurring antagonistic relations
     among aquatic plants that may be useful in their management.
     pp 290-293 in (T. E. Freeman ed.) Proc. Int. Symp. on
     Biological Control of Weeds, Gainesville, Fl.
Yeo, R. R.  1967.  Dissipation of diquat and paraquat, and
     effects on aquatic weeds and fish.  Weeds 15:42-46.
Yeo, R. R.  1965.  Life history of sago pondweed.  Weeds
Yeo, R. R.  1964.  Life history of common cat-tail.  Weeds
Yocom, C. F.  1951.  Waterfowl and their food plants in
     Washington.  University of Washington Press, Seattle. 272
Yocom, C. F., and M. Keller.  1961.  Correlation of food habits 
     and abundance of waterfowl, Humboldt Bay, California. Calif.
     Fish Game 47:41-53.
Young, A. A., and H. F. Blaney.  1952.  Use of water by native
     vegetation. Calif.  State Dept.  Public Works, Div. Water
     Resour.  Bull. 50. 
Young, R. T.  1924.  The life of Devils Lake, North Dakota.  
     Publ. North Dakota Biolo.  Sta. 116 pp.
Young, R. T.  1923.  Resistance of fish to salts and alkalinity. 
     Amer. J. Physiol. 65:373-388. 
Zafar, A. R.  1976.  Economic significance of certain species of 
     Scirpus L. pp. 387-391 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rzoska, eds. 
     Aquatic weeds in SE Asia.  Dr. W. Junk, The Hague.
Zaky, S.  1960.  The effect of wind on the distribution and
     density of Potamogeton pectinatus in Nozha Hydrodrome.-Notes
     and Memoires No. 44.  Alezandria Inst. Hydrobiol., 33 pp.
Zanini, E. 1971.  Les problemes techniques actuels de la
     riziculture europeenne dans le cadre d'une realite en
     evolution.  Bull. d'information des riziculteurs de France
     151:7-16. (not seen, cited in Podlejski 1981).
Zedler, J. B., and P. A. Beare.  1986.  Temporal variability of 
     salt marsh vegetation:  The role of low-salinity gaps and
     environmental stress.  pp. 295-306 in D. Wolfe ed. 
     Estuarine variability.  Academic Press, New York.  509 pp.
Zedler, J. B., and C. S. Nordby.  1986.  The ecology of Tijuana
     Estuary, California: an estuarine profile.  U.S. Fish and
     Wildlife Service Biol. Rep. 85 (7.5).  104 pp. 
Zedler, J. B., J. Covin, C. Nordby, P. Williams, and J. Boland. 
     1986.  Catastrophic events reveal the dynamic nature of
     salt-marsh vegetation in southern California.  Estuaries
Zenkevitch, L. A.  1963.  Biology of the seas of the U.S.S.R.  
     Interscience, New York.  955 pp.
Zhadin, V. I., and S. V. Gerd.  l961.  Fauna and flora of the
     rivers, lakes and reservoirs of the U.S.S.R.  Transl. from
     Russian by Office of Technical Servies; Washington, D.C. 
     626 pp. 
Zieman, J. C.  1982.  The ecology of the seagrasses of south
     Florida: a community profile.  U.S. Dept. Interior.
     FWS/OBS-82/25.  123 pp. 
Zimmerman, M. S., R. J. Livingston.  1979.  Dominance and
     distribution of benthic macrophyte assemblages in a north
     Florida estuary (Apalachee Bay, Florida) Bull. of Marine
     Sci. 29:27-40. 
Zimmerman, R., R. Gibson, and J. Harrington.  1979.  Herbivory
     and detritivory among gammaridean amphipods from a Florida
     seagrass community.  Mar. Biol. 54:41-47. 
Zingmark, R. G. 1986.  Production of microbenthic algae. pp. 179-
     194 in DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman (eds.) 1986.  South
     Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments:  Ecological
     characterization, management, status, and use.  Vol. II: 
     Technical synthesis.  Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2.  South
     Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
Zolotova, Z. K.  1966.  [Food preferences of grass carp].  Tr.
     Vses. Nauchno-lssled. Inst. Prud. Rybn. Khoz. 14:39-50 
     (not seen).
Zutshi, D. P.  1975.  Associations of macrophytic vegetation in
     Kashmir Lakes.  Vegetation 30:61-66. 
Zwarts, L.  1972.  De grauwe ganzen Anser anser van het brakke 
     getijdegebied de ventjager splaten.  Limosa 45:119-134. 
     (not seen, cited in Reed, 1989).

Accessibility FOIA Privacy Policies and Notices

Take Pride in America logo logo U.S. Department of the Interior | U.S. Geological Survey
Page Contact Information: Webmaster
Page Last Modified: Saturday, 02-Feb-2013 05:27:58 EST
Sioux Falls, SD [sdww55]